-- Table structure for table `search_dataset`
--

CREATE TABLE `search_dataset` (
  `sid` int UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '0' COMMENT 'Search item ID, e.g. node ID for nodes.',
  `langcode` varchar(12) CHARACTER SET ascii COLLATE ascii_general_ci NOT NULL DEFAULT '' COMMENT 'The "languages".langcode of the item variant.',
  `type` varchar(64) CHARACTER SET ascii COLLATE ascii_general_ci NOT NULL COMMENT 'Type of item, e.g. node.',
  `data` longtext NOT NULL COMMENT 'List of space-separated words from the item.',
  `reindex` int UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '0' COMMENT 'Set to force node reindexing.'
) ENGINE=InnoDB DEFAULT CHARSET=utf8mb3 COMMENT='Stores items that will be searched.';

--
-- Dumping data for table `search_dataset`
--

INSERT INTO `search_dataset` (`sid`, `langcode`, `type`, `data`, `reindex`) VALUES
(1, 'en', 'help_search', ' configuring a previouslyplaced block goal configure the settings of a block that was previously placed in a region of a theme steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   block layout  click the name of the theme that contains the block optionally click demonstrate block regions to see the regions of the theme if you only want to change the region where a block is located or the ordering of blocks within a region drag blocks to their desired positions and click save blocks  if you want to change additional settings find the region where the block you want to update is currently located and click configure in the line of the block description edit the block s settings the available settings vary depending on the module that provides the block but for all blocks you can change  block title  the heading for the block on your site for some blocks you will need to check the override title checkbox in order to enter a title display title  check the box if you want the title displayed visibility  add conditions for when the block should be displayed region  change the theme region the block is displayed in click save block   ', 1787923659),
(1, 'en', 'node_search', ' about us about us admin tue 6202023 1102 welcome to our website new comet trading agency  thank you for visiting our website new comet trading agency we are delighted to have you here please feel free to explore our website and learn more about the services and opportunities we offer if you have any questions or need assistance don t hesitate to reach out to us we are here to help you on your journey towards achieving your goals     ', 0),
(1, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configuring a previouslyplaced block goal configure the settings of a block that was previously placed in a region of a theme steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   block layout  click the name of the theme that contains the block optionally click demonstrate block regions to see the regions of the theme if you only want to change the region where a block is located or the ordering of blocks within a region drag blocks to their desired positions and click save blocks  if you want to change additional settings find the region where the block you want to update is currently located and click configure in the line of the block description edit the block s settings the available settings vary depending on the module that provides the block but for all blocks you can change  block title  the heading for the block on your site for some blocks you will need to check the override title checkbox in order to enter a title display title  check the box if you want the title displayed visibility  add conditions for when the block should be displayed region  change the theme region the block is displayed in click save block   ', 1787923659),
(1, 'ja', 'node_search', '  弊社ウ 社ウェ ウェブ ェブサ ブサイ サイト   弊社ウ 社ウェ ウェブ ェブサ ブサイ サイト cometadmin mon 7032023 1738  弊社ウ 社ウェ ウェブ ェブサ ブサイ サイト new comet trading agency へよう ようこ うこそ   当社の 社のウ のウェ ウェブ ェブサ ブサイ サイト new comet trading agency へよう ようこ うこそ ご訪問 訪問い 問いた いただ ただき 大変嬉 変嬉し 嬉しく しく思 く思っ 思って ってい ていま います 当ウェ ウェブ ェブサ ブサイ サイト イトを トをお をお楽 お楽し 楽しみ しみい みいた いただ ただき 提供し 供して してい ている いるサ るサー サービ ービス ビスや スや機 や機会 機会に 会につ につい ついて いてさ てさら さらに らに詳 に詳し 詳しく しくご くご覧 ご覧く 覧くだ くださ ださい 何か質 か質問 質問や 問やお やお手 お手伝 手伝い 伝いが いがご がござ ござい ざいま いまし ました したら お気軽 気軽に 軽にお にお問 お問い 問い合 い合わ 合わせ わせく せくだ くださ ださい 私たち たちは ちは皆 は皆様 皆様の 様の目 の目標 目標達 標達成 達成の 成の旅 の旅を 旅をサ をサポ サポー ポート ートす トする するた るため ために めにこ にここ ここに こにい にいま います  ', 0),
(1, 'ko', 'help_search', ' configuring a previouslyplaced block goal configure the settings of a block that was previously placed in a region of a theme steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   block layout  click the name of the theme that contains the block optionally click demonstrate block regions to see the regions of the theme if you only want to change the region where a block is located or the ordering of blocks within a region drag blocks to their desired positions and click save blocks  if you want to change additional settings find the region where the block you want to update is currently located and click configure in the line of the block description edit the block s settings the available settings vary depending on the module that provides the block but for all blocks you can change  block title  the heading for the block on your site for some blocks you will need to check the override title checkbox in order to enter a title display title  check the box if you want the title displayed visibility  add conditions for when the block should be displayed region  change the theme region the block is displayed in click save block   ', 1787923659),
(1, 'ko', 'node_search', ' about us about us cometadmin mon 7032023 1741  new comet trading agency 웹사이 사이트 이트에 오신 것을 환영합 영합니 합니다   new comet trading agency 웹사이 사이트 방문에 감사드 사드립 드립니 립니다 저희가 여러분 러분을 여기에 맞이할 수 있어 기쁩니 쁩니다 자유롭 유롭게 웹사이 사이트 이트를 탐색하 색하시 하시고 제공하 공하는 서비스 비스와 기회에 대해 더 자세히 알아보 아보세 보세요 질문이 문이나 도움이 필요하 요하신 경우 언제든 제든지 저희에 희에게 연락해 락해주 해주십 주십시 십시오 여러분 러분의 목표 달성을 위한 여정에 정에서 도움을 드리기 위해 준비되 비되어 있습니 습니다 저희 해외 취업 대행사 행사는 현재 한국 일본 말레이 레이시 이시아 등에서 다양한 채용 정보를 소개하 개하고 있습니 습니다  ', 0),
(2, 'en', 'help_search', ' managing blocks what are blocks  blocks are boxes of content rendered into an area or region of a web page of your site blocks are placed and configured specifically for each theme what are content blocks  content blocks are blocks whose content you can edit you can define one or more block types  and attach fields to each block type content blocks can be placed just like blocks provided by other modules what is the block description  the block description is an identification name for a block which is shown in the administrative interface it is not displayed on the site what is the block title  the block title is the heading that is optionally shown to site visitors when the block is placed in a region overview for managing blocks the block module allows you to place blocks in regions of your installed themes and configure block settings the block content module allows you to manage block types and content blocks see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources blocks drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(2, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing blocks what are blocks  blocks are boxes of content rendered into an area or region of a web page of your site blocks are placed and configured specifically for each theme what are content blocks  content blocks are blocks whose content you can edit you can define one or more block types  and attach fields to each block type content blocks can be placed just like blocks provided by other modules what is the block description  the block description is an identification name for a block which is shown in the administrative interface it is not displayed on the site what is the block title  the block title is the heading that is optionally shown to site visitors when the block is placed in a region overview for managing blocks the block module allows you to place blocks in regions of your installed themes and configure block settings the block content module allows you to manage block types and content blocks see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources blocks drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(2, 'ko', 'help_search', ' managing blocks what are blocks  blocks are boxes of content rendered into an area or region of a web page of your site blocks are placed and configured specifically for each theme what are content blocks  content blocks are blocks whose content you can edit you can define one or more block types  and attach fields to each block type content blocks can be placed just like blocks provided by other modules what is the block description  the block description is an identification name for a block which is shown in the administrative interface it is not displayed on the site what is the block title  the block title is the heading that is optionally shown to site visitors when the block is placed in a region overview for managing blocks the block module allows you to place blocks in regions of your installed themes and configure block settings the block content module allows you to manage block types and content blocks see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources blocks drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(3, 'en', 'help_search', ' placing a block goal place a block into a theme s region steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure  block layout click the name of the theme that you want to place the block in optionally click demonstrate block regions to see the regions of the theme find the region where you want the block and click place block in that region a modal dialog will pop up find the block you want to place and click place block  a configure block modal dialog will pop up configure the block and click save block  see configuring a previouslyplaced block for configuration details  ', 1787923659),
(3, 'en', 'node_search', ' who should attend e 73 welding class  who should attend e 73 welding class admin tue 6202023 1145 tue 6202023 1146 who should attend e 73 welding class  first thing want to tell is financial problem you should invest around 150200 lakhs at least 6 months to one year after arriving to korea myanmar kyats 200 lakhs would be no problem cause you can receive bank loan if you have a id card in korea second thing is you must be the one who is willing to learn the welding technology language is important although you don t have to take the exam it will be better to know vocabularies related to jobs culture and tradition of korea it will not be strange for those who went to korea with e9 visa  for the last thing as e 73 is  welding technician even though you have to change workplaces you must be in welding field in the past you only had one month to find jobs after quitting the current job for workers with e 74 visa there were some e 74 visa holders who came back to their home country because they couldn t get job within the given time so you need to pay attention and know the rules for overseas workers regulated by south korea if you don t understand in korean language it is important to know in burmese  ', 0),
(3, 'ja', 'help_search', ' placing a block goal place a block into a theme s region steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure  block layout click the name of the theme that you want to place the block in optionally click demonstrate block regions to see the regions of the theme find the region where you want the block and click place block in that region a modal dialog will pop up find the block you want to place and click place block  a configure block modal dialog will pop up configure the block and click save block  see configuring a previouslyplaced block for configuration details  ', 1787923659),
(3, 'ja', 'node_search', ' e 73 溶接ク 接クラ クラス ラスに スには には誰 は誰が 誰が参 が参加 参加す 加すべ すべき べきで きです ですか  e 73 溶接ク 接クラ クラス ラスに スには には誰 は誰が 誰が参 が参加 参加す 加すべ すべき べきで きです ですか cometadmin mon 7032023 1925 tue 6202023 1146 e 73 溶接ク 接クラ クラス ラスに スには には誰 は誰が 誰が参 が参加 参加す 加すべ すべき べきで きです ですか   最初に 初にお にお伝 お伝え 伝えし えした したい たいの いのは 財政的 政的な 的な問 な問題 問題で 題です 韓国に 国に到 に到着 到着後 約 150200 ラクス 1 ラクス 約 1 万円 を少な 少なく なくと くとも 6 ヶ月か 月から 1 年の間 の間に 間に投 に投資 投資す 資する する必 る必要 必要が 要があ があり ありま ります 韓国に 国に在 に在住 在住す 住する する間 ミャン ャンマ ンマー マー ー チ チャ チャッ ャット 200 ラクス クスを スを手 を手に 手に入 に入れ 入れる れるこ ること ことは とは問 は問題 問題あ 題あり ありま りませ ません なぜな ぜなら 韓国で id カード ードを ドを持 を持っ 持って ってい ていれ いれば れば銀 ば銀行 銀行ロ 行ロー ローン ーンを ンを受 を受け 受ける けるこ ること ことが とがで ができ できる きるか るから からで らです 次に 溶接技 接技術 技術を 術を学 を学び 学びた びたい たいと いとい という いう意 う意欲 意欲が 欲が必 が必要 必要で 要です 言語は 語は重 は重要 重要で 要です ですが 試験を 験を受 を受け 受ける ける必 る必要 必要は 要はあ はあり ありま りませ ません ただし 職業や 業や韓 や韓国 韓国の 国の文 の文化 文化 化 伝 伝統 伝統に 統に関 に関連 関連す 連する する語 る語彙 語彙を 彙を知 を知っ 知って ってい ている いると ると良 と良い 良いで いでし でしょ しょう e9 ビザで ザで韓 で韓国 韓国に 国に渡 に渡っ 渡った った人 々 にとっ とって っても ても不 も不思 不思議 思議で 議では ではな はない ないで いでし でしょ しょう   最後に e 73 ビザに ザにつ につい ついて いてお てお伝 お伝え 伝えし えしま します  e 73 ビザは ザは溶 は溶接 溶接技 接技術 技術者 術者の 者のた のため ための めのも のもの もので のであ であり 職場を 場を変 を変え 変える える場 る場合 場合で 合でも 引き続 き続き 続き溶 き溶接 溶接の 接の分 の分野 分野で 野で働 で働く 働く必 く必要 必要が 要があ があり ありま ります 過去に 去には e 74 ビザ保 ザ保持 保持者 持者の 者の労 の労働 労働者 働者は 現在の 在の職 の職を 職を辞 を辞め 辞めて めてか てから 1 か月以 月以内 以内に 内に新 に新し 新しい しい職 い職を 職を見 を見つ 見つけ つける ける必 る必要 必要が 要があ があり ありま りまし ました しかし その期 の期間 期間内 間内に 内に仕 に仕事 仕事を 事を見 を見つ 見つけ つけら けられ られな れなか なかっ かった e 74 ビザ保 ザ保持 保持者 持者が 母国に 国に戻 に戻る 戻るケ るケー ケース ースも スもあ もあり ありま りまし ました そのた のため 韓国が 国が規 が規定 規定す 定する する海 る海外 海外労 外労働 労働者 働者に 者に対 に対す 対する するル るルー ルール ールを ルを理 を理解 理解す 解する するこ ること ことが とが重 が重要 重要で 要です もし韓 し韓国 韓国語 国語で 語で理 で理解 理解で 解でき できな きない ない場 い場合 場合は ビルマ ルマ語 マ語で 語で理 で理解 理解す 解する するこ ること ことが とが大 が大切 大切で 切です  ', 0),
(3, 'ko', 'help_search', ' placing a block goal place a block into a theme s region steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure  block layout click the name of the theme that you want to place the block in optionally click demonstrate block regions to see the regions of the theme find the region where you want the block and click place block in that region a modal dialog will pop up find the block you want to place and click place block  a configure block modal dialog will pop up configure the block and click save block  see configuring a previouslyplaced block for configuration details  ', 1787923659),
(3, 'ko', 'node_search', ' who should attend e 73 welding class  who should attend e 73 welding class cometadmin mon 7032023 1925 tue 6202023 1146 who should attend e 73 welding class  first thing want to tell is financial problem you should invest around 150200 lakhs at least 6 months to one year after arriving to korea myanmar kyats 200 lakhs would be no problem cause you can receive bank loan if you have a id card in korea second thing is you must be the one who is willing to learn the welding technology language is important although you don t have to take the exam it will be better to know vocabularies related to jobs culture and tradition of korea it will not be strange for those who went to korea with e9 visa  for the last thing as e 73 is  welding technician even though you have to change workplaces you must be in welding field in the past you only had one month to find jobs after quitting the current job for workers with e 74 visa there were some e 74 visa holders who came back to their home country because they couldn t get job within the given time so you need to pay attention and know the rules for overseas workers regulated by south korea if you don t understand in korean language it is important to know in burmese  ', 0),
(4, 'en', 'help_search', ' creating a content block goal create a content block which can later be placed on the site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to content  open the content blocks tab click add content block  if you have more than one block type defined on your site click the name of the type you want to create enter a description of your block to be shown to administrators and the body text for your block click save   ', 1787923659),
(4, 'en', 'node_search', ' wanted desperately wanted desperately admin tue 6202023 1148 thu 6222023 1148 wanted desperately korean language teacher female male 1 position who meets the following qualifications is needed in yangon those who live near sinmalike shipyard situated on bayint naung road or who can come and teach in that place must have at least topik level 3 certificate must have at least 1 year teaching experience as korean language teacher can teach at least 2 sections per day in the morning and afternoon contact us   new comet trading agency co ltd 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 18393300018393344  ', 0),
(4, 'ja', 'help_search', ' creating a content block goal create a content block which can later be placed on the site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to content  open the content blocks tab click add content block  if you have more than one block type defined on your site click the name of the type you want to create enter a description of your block to be shown to administrators and the body text for your block click save   ', 1787923659),
(4, 'ja', 'node_search', ' wanted desperately wanted desperately cometadmin mon 7032023 1925 thu 6222023 1148 wanted desperately korean language teacher female male 1 position who meets the following qualifications is needed in yangon those who live near sinmalike shipyard situated on bayint naung road or who can come and teach in that place must have at least topik level 3 certificate must have at least 1 year teaching experience as korean language teacher can teach at least 2 sections per day in the morning and afternoon contact us   new comet trading agency co ltd 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 18393300018393344  ', 0),
(4, 'ko', 'help_search', ' creating a content block goal create a content block which can later be placed on the site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to content  open the content blocks tab click add content block  if you have more than one block type defined on your site click the name of the type you want to create enter a description of your block to be shown to administrators and the body text for your block click save   ', 1787923659),
(4, 'ko', 'node_search', ' contact us for more information contact us for more information cometadmin mon 7032023 1925 thu 6222023 1148 contact us   new comet trading agency co ltd 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 18393300018393344  ', 0),
(5, 'en', 'help_search', ' defining a block type goal define a block type and its fields steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   block types  click add block type  enter a label for this block type shown in the administrative interface optionally edit the automaticallygenerated machine name or the description click save  you will be returned to the block types page click manage fields in the row of your new block type and add the desired fields to your block type optionally click manage form display or manage display to change the editing form or field display for your block type  ', 1787923659),
(5, 'en', 'node_search', ' 5 positions for those who have passports and want to work as general workers at construction sites in singapore are needed desperately 5 positions for those who have passports and want to work as general workers at construction sites in singapore are needed desperately admin tue 6202023 1150 wed 6212023 1151 5 positions for those who have passports and want to work as general workers at construction sites in singapore are needed desperately work hours from 8 am to 5 pm 8 hours per day salary 20 singapore dollar per day if needed to work overtime after 5 pm get 15 times overtime fees have to arrange meals by yourselves no need to pay living hostel fees office company supports ferry for transportation those who aged between 20 to 35 healthy and active no need to have educational background can speak and understand english little is enough contact us new comet trading agency co ltd 95556677 9950947491095015742 9775556677018393300018393344  ', 0),
(5, 'ja', 'help_search', ' defining a block type goal define a block type and its fields steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   block types  click add block type  enter a label for this block type shown in the administrative interface optionally edit the automaticallygenerated machine name or the description click save  you will be returned to the block types page click manage fields in the row of your new block type and add the desired fields to your block type optionally click manage form display or manage display to change the editing form or field display for your block type  ', 1787923659),
(5, 'ja', 'node_search', '  パスポ スポー ポート ートを トを持 を持っ 持って ってい ていて いてシ てシン シンガ ンガポ ガポー ポール ールの ルの建 の建設 建設現 設現場 現場で 場で一 で一般 一般労 般労働 労働者 働者と 者とし として して働 て働き 働きた きたい たい人 い人の 人のた のため ための 5 つのポ のポジ ポジシ ジショ ション ョンが ンが切 が切実 切実に 実に必 に必要 必要と 要とさ とされ されて れてい ていま います   パスポ スポー ポート ートを トを持 を持っ 持って ってい ていて いてシ てシン シンガ ンガポ ガポー ポール ールの ルの建 の建設 建設現 設現場 現場で 場で一 で一般 一般労 般労働 労働者 働者と 者とし として して働 て働き 働きた きたい たい人 い人の 人のた のため ための 5 つのポ のポジ ポジシ ジショ ション ョンが ンが切 が切実 切実に 実に必 に必要 必要と 要とさ とされ されて れてい ていま います admin thu 8172023 1202 wed 6212023 1151 パスポ スポー ポート ートを トを持 を持っ 持って ってい ていて いてシ てシン シンガ ンガポ ガポー ポール ールの ルの建 の建設 建設現 設現場 現場で 場で一 で一般 一般労 般労働 労働者 働者と 者とし として して働 て働き 働きた きたい たい人 い人の 人のた のため ための 5 つのポ のポジ ポジシ ジショ ション ョンが ンが切 が切実 切実に 実に必 に必要 必要と 要とさ とされ されて れてい ていま います 勤務時 務時間 午前 8 時から から午 ら午後 5 時まで 1 日 8 時間 給与 1 日あた あたり 20 シンガ ンガポ ガポー ポール ールド ルドル 5 時以降 以降に 降に残 に残業 残業が 業が必 が必要 必要な 要な場 な場合 残業手 業手当 手当は 当は通 は通常 通常の 常の給 の給与 給与の 15 倍とな となり なりま ります 食事は 事は自 は自己 自己管 己管理 管理で 理で行 で行っ 行って ってい ていた いただ ただく だく必 く必要 必要が 要があ があり ありま ります 寮の生 の生活 生活費 活費は 費は支 は支払 支払う 払う必 う必要 必要は 要はあ はあり ありま りませ ません オフィ フィス 会社は 社は交 は交通 交通手 通手段 手段と 段とし として してフ てフェ フェリ ェリー リーを ーをサ をサポ サポー ポート ートし トして してい ていま います 年齢が 20 歳から 35 歳の健 の健康 健康で 康でア でアク アクテ クティ ティブ ィブな ブな方 々 を募集 募集し 集して してい ていま います 学歴の 歴の要 の要件 要件は 件はあ はあり ありま りませ ません 英語を 語を少 を少し 少し話 し話し 理解で 解でき できる きるだ るだけ だけで けで十 で十分 十分で 分です contact us new comet trading agency co ltd 95556677 9950947491095015742 9775556677018393300018393344  ', 0),
(5, 'ko', 'help_search', ' defining a block type goal define a block type and its fields steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   block types  click add block type  enter a label for this block type shown in the administrative interface optionally edit the automaticallygenerated machine name or the description click save  you will be returned to the block types page click manage fields in the row of your new block type and add the desired fields to your block type optionally click manage form display or manage display to change the editing form or field display for your block type  ', 1787923659),
(5, 'ko', 'node_search', ' 5 positions for those who have passports and want to work as general workers at construction sites in singapore are needed desperately 5 positions for those who have passports and want to work as general workers at construction sites in singapore are needed desperately cometadmin mon 7032023 1925 wed 6212023 1151 5 positions for those who have passports and want to work as general workers at construction sites in singapore are needed desperately work hours from 8 am to 5 pm 8 hours per day salary 20 singapore dollar per day if needed to work overtime after 5 pm get 15 times overtime fees have to arrange meals by yourselves no need to pay living hostel fees office company supports ferry for transportation those who aged between 20 to 35 healthy and active no need to have educational background can speak and understand english little is enough contact us new comet trading agency co ltd 95556677 9950947491095015742 9775556677018393300018393344  ', 0),
(6, 'en', 'help_search', ' managing height width and resolution breakpoints what are breakpoints  breakpoints are the point at which your site s content will respond to provide the user with the best possible layout to consume the information a breakpoint separates the height or width of viewports screens printers and other media output types into steps for instance a width breakpoint of 40em creates two steps one for widths up to 40em and one for widths above 40em breakpoints can be used to define when layouts should shift from one form to another when images should be resized and other changes that need to respond to changes in viewport height or width what are media queries  media queries are a formal way to encode breakpoints for instance a width breakpoint at 40em would be written as the media query minwidth 40em breakpoints are really just media queries with some additional metadata such as a name and multiplier information what are resolution multipliers  resolution multipliers are a measure of the viewport s device resolution defined to be the ratio between the physical pixel size of the active device and the deviceindependent pixel size the breakpoint module defines multipliers of 1 15 and 2 when defining breakpoints modules and themes can define which multipliers apply to each breakpoint what is a breakpoint group  breakpoints can be organized into groups modules and themes should use groups to separate out breakpoints that are meant to be used for different purposes such as breakpoints for layouts or breakpoints for image sizing managing breakpoints and breakpoint groups overview the breakpoint module allows you to define breakpoints and breakpoint groups in yaml files modules and themes can use the api provided by the breakpoint module to define breakpoints and breakpoint groups and to assign resolution multipliers to breakpoints additional resources working with breakpoints in drupal w3c standards for media queries ', 1787923659),
(6, 'en', 'node_search', ' in order to get employed to the shipyard in korea with an e73 visa the trainees are explained what is needed to quickly come and check the welding exam in order to get employed to the shipyard in korea with an e73 visa the trainees are explained what is needed to quickly come and check the welding exam admin tue 6202023 1218 sat 6032023 1113 in order to get employed to the shipyard in korea with an e73 visa the trainees are explained what is needed to quickly come and check the welding exam  ', 0),
(6, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing height width and resolution breakpoints what are breakpoints  breakpoints are the point at which your site s content will respond to provide the user with the best possible layout to consume the information a breakpoint separates the height or width of viewports screens printers and other media output types into steps for instance a width breakpoint of 40em creates two steps one for widths up to 40em and one for widths above 40em breakpoints can be used to define when layouts should shift from one form to another when images should be resized and other changes that need to respond to changes in viewport height or width what are media queries  media queries are a formal way to encode breakpoints for instance a width breakpoint at 40em would be written as the media query minwidth 40em breakpoints are really just media queries with some additional metadata such as a name and multiplier information what are resolution multipliers  resolution multipliers are a measure of the viewport s device resolution defined to be the ratio between the physical pixel size of the active device and the deviceindependent pixel size the breakpoint module defines multipliers of 1 15 and 2 when defining breakpoints modules and themes can define which multipliers apply to each breakpoint what is a breakpoint group  breakpoints can be organized into groups modules and themes should use groups to separate out breakpoints that are meant to be used for different purposes such as breakpoints for layouts or breakpoints for image sizing managing breakpoints and breakpoint groups overview the breakpoint module allows you to define breakpoints and breakpoint groups in yaml files modules and themes can use the api provided by the breakpoint module to define breakpoints and breakpoint groups and to assign resolution multipliers to breakpoints additional resources working with breakpoints in drupal w3c standards for media queries ', 1787923659),
(6, 'ja', 'node_search', ' e73 ビザを ザを持 を持っ 持って って韓 て韓国 韓国の 国の造 の造船 造船所 船所で 所で雇 で雇用 雇用さ 用され される れるた るため ために めには 研修生 修生に 生に対 に対し 対して して迅 て迅速 迅速に 速に来 に来て 来て溶 て溶接 溶接試 接試験 試験を 験を受 を受け 受ける けるた るため ために めに必 に必要 必要な 要な内 な内容 内容が 容が説 が説明 説明さ 明され されま れます  e73 ビザを ザを持 を持っ 持って って韓 て韓国 韓国の 国の造 の造船 造船所 船所で 所で雇 で雇用 雇用さ 用され される れるた るため ために めには 研修生 修生に 生に対 に対し 対して して迅 て迅速 迅速に 速に来 に来て 来て溶 て溶接 溶接試 接試験 試験を 験を受 を受け 受ける けるた るため ために めに必 に必要 必要な 要な内 な内容 内容が 容が説 が説明 説明さ 明され されま れます cometadmin mon 7032023 1920 sat 6032023 1113 e73 ビザを ザを持 を持っ 持って って韓 て韓国 韓国の 国の造 の造船 造船所 船所で 所で雇 で雇用 雇用さ 用され される れるた るため ために めには 研修生 修生に 生に対 に対し 対して して迅 て迅速 迅速に 速に来 に来て 来て溶 て溶接 溶接試 接試験 試験を 験を受 を受け 受ける けるた るため ために めに必 に必要 必要な 要な内 な内容 内容が 容が説 が説明 説明さ 明され されま れます  ', 0),
(6, 'ko', 'help_search', ' managing height width and resolution breakpoints what are breakpoints  breakpoints are the point at which your site s content will respond to provide the user with the best possible layout to consume the information a breakpoint separates the height or width of viewports screens printers and other media output types into steps for instance a width breakpoint of 40em creates two steps one for widths up to 40em and one for widths above 40em breakpoints can be used to define when layouts should shift from one form to another when images should be resized and other changes that need to respond to changes in viewport height or width what are media queries  media queries are a formal way to encode breakpoints for instance a width breakpoint at 40em would be written as the media query minwidth 40em breakpoints are really just media queries with some additional metadata such as a name and multiplier information what are resolution multipliers  resolution multipliers are a measure of the viewport s device resolution defined to be the ratio between the physical pixel size of the active device and the deviceindependent pixel size the breakpoint module defines multipliers of 1 15 and 2 when defining breakpoints modules and themes can define which multipliers apply to each breakpoint what is a breakpoint group  breakpoints can be organized into groups modules and themes should use groups to separate out breakpoints that are meant to be used for different purposes such as breakpoints for layouts or breakpoints for image sizing managing breakpoints and breakpoint groups overview the breakpoint module allows you to define breakpoints and breakpoint groups in yaml files modules and themes can use the api provided by the breakpoint module to define breakpoints and breakpoint groups and to assign resolution multipliers to breakpoints additional resources working with breakpoints in drupal w3c standards for media queries ', 1787923659),
(6, 'ko', 'node_search', ' ကိုရီးယားနိုင်ငံရှိ သင်္ဘောကျင်းကို e73 viza နဲ့ သွားရောက်နိုင်ဖို့ သင်တန်းသားများကို ကိုရီးယားမှ လာရောက် ဂဟေဆော် စာမေးပွဲ အမြန်လာရောက် စစ်ဆေးနိုင်ဖို့ လိုအပ်သည်များကို ရှင်းလင်း ပြောကြား ကိုရီးယားနိုင်ငံရှိ သင်္ဘောကျင်းကို e73 viza နဲ့ သွားရောက်နိုင်ဖို့ သင်တန်းသားများကို ကိုရီးယားမှ လာရောက် ဂဟေဆော် စာမေးပွဲ အမြန်လာရောက် စစ်ဆေးနိုင်ဖို့ လိုအပ်သည်များကို ရှင်းလင်း ပြောကြား cometadmin mon 7032023 1920 sat 6032023 1113 ကိုရီးယားနိုင်ငံရှိ သင်္ဘောကျင်းကို e73 viza နဲ့ သွားရောက်နိုင်ဖို့ သင်တန်းသားများကို ကိုရီးယားမှ လာရောက် ဂဟေဆော် စာမေးပွဲ အမြန်လာရောက် စစ်ဆေးနိုင်ဖို့ လိုအပ်သည်များကို ရှင်းလင်း ပြောကြား ကိုရီးယားနိုင်ငံရှိ သင်္ဘောကျင်းကို e73 viza နဲ့ သွားရောက်နိုင်ဖို့ သင်တန်းသားများကို ကိုရီးယားမှ လာရောက် ဂဟေဆော် စာမေးပွဲ အမြန်လာရောက် စစ်ဆေးနိုင်ဖို့ လိုအပ်သည်များကို ရှင်းလင်း ပြောကြား  ', 0),
(7, 'en', 'help_search', ' configuring comments goal configure a content entity type subtype to allow commenting using a comment type that you have configured see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields and creating a comment type to configure a comment type who can configure comments  in order to follow these steps the field ui module must be installed you ll need the comment module s administer comments and comment settings permission in order to change comment settings for a comment field you ll also need to have the appropriate permission for adding fields to the entity type or subtype that the comments are attached to for example to add a comment field to content items provided by the node module you would need the node module s administer content types permission steps follow the steps in the related adding a field to an entity subtype topic to add a field of type comments to the desired entity type or subtype on the first field settings page choose the comment type to use for this entity type or subtype you ll also notice that the allowed number of values field cannot be changed for comment fields on the next field settings page enter the desired settings for the comment field  threading  whether or not the comments are collected by threads with people able to reply to particular comments instead of to the content entity itself comments per page  the maximum number of comments displayed on one page a pager will be added if you exceed this limit  anonymous commenting  whether or not anonymous commenters are allowed or required to leave contact information with their comments only applies if anonymous users have permission to post comments  show reply form on the same page as comments  whether the comment reply form is displayed on the same page as the comments if this is not selected clicking reply will open a new page with the reply form preview comments  whether previewing comments before submission is required   optional  or disabled  default value  each individual entity has its own comment settings but here you can set defaults for the comment settings for this entity type or subtype the comment settings values are  open  comments are allowed closed  past comments remain visible but no new comments are allowed hidden  past comments are hidden and no new comments are allowed additional resources online documentation for content comment settings ', 1787923659),
(7, 'en', 'node_search', ' e7 visa a special ability visa for foreign nationals e7 visa a special ability visa for foreign nationals admin tue 6202023 1229 thu 5182023 30 e7 visa it s a special ability visa for foreign nationals it s also divided into categories e71 visa professionals this is a visa given to managers and experts in a particular field e72 visa semiprofessionals this is a visa for people who work in office jobs or service e73 visa technicians technicians this is a visa for those working in the technical field e74 visa experienced technicians is an experienced technician visa usually workers with more than 5 years of experience are transferred from e9 e7 visa it s a special ability visa for foreign nationals it s also divided into categories e71 visa professionals this is a visa given to managers and experts in a particular field e72 visa semiprofessionals this is a visa for people who work in office jobs or service e73 visa technicians technicians this is a visa for those working in the technical field e74 visa experienced technicians is an experienced technician visa usually workers with more than 5 years of experience are transferred from e9  ', 0),
(7, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configuring comments goal configure a content entity type subtype to allow commenting using a comment type that you have configured see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields and creating a comment type to configure a comment type who can configure comments  in order to follow these steps the field ui module must be installed you ll need the comment module s administer comments and comment settings permission in order to change comment settings for a comment field you ll also need to have the appropriate permission for adding fields to the entity type or subtype that the comments are attached to for example to add a comment field to content items provided by the node module you would need the node module s administer content types permission steps follow the steps in the related adding a field to an entity subtype topic to add a field of type comments to the desired entity type or subtype on the first field settings page choose the comment type to use for this entity type or subtype you ll also notice that the allowed number of values field cannot be changed for comment fields on the next field settings page enter the desired settings for the comment field  threading  whether or not the comments are collected by threads with people able to reply to particular comments instead of to the content entity itself comments per page  the maximum number of comments displayed on one page a pager will be added if you exceed this limit  anonymous commenting  whether or not anonymous commenters are allowed or required to leave contact information with their comments only applies if anonymous users have permission to post comments  show reply form on the same page as comments  whether the comment reply form is displayed on the same page as the comments if this is not selected clicking reply will open a new page with the reply form preview comments  whether previewing comments before submission is required   optional  or disabled  default value  each individual entity has its own comment settings but here you can set defaults for the comment settings for this entity type or subtype the comment settings values are  open  comments are allowed closed  past comments remain visible but no new comments are allowed hidden  past comments are hidden and no new comments are allowed additional resources online documentation for content comment settings ', 1787923659),
(7, 'ja', 'node_search', ' e7 ビザは ザは外 は外国 外国人 国人に 人に対 に対す 対する する特 る特定 特定能 定能力 能力を 力を持 を持つ 持つ方 つ方の 方のた のため ための めの特 の特別 特別な 別なビ なビザ ビザで ザです  e7 ビザは ザは外 は外国 外国人 国人に 人に対 に対す 対する する特 る特定 特定能 定能力 能力を 力を持 を持つ 持つ方 つ方の 方のた のため ための めの特 の特別 特別な 別なビ なビザ ビザで ザです cometadmin mon 7032023 1921 thu 5182023 30 e7 ビザは ザは外 は外国 外国人 国人に 人に対 に対す 対する する特 る特定 特定能 定能力 能力を 力を持 を持つ 持つ方 つ方の 方のた のため ための めの特 の特別 特別な 別なビ なビザ ビザで ザであ であり 以下の 下のカ のカテ カテゴ テゴリ ゴリー リーに ーに分 に分け 分けら けられ られて れてい ていま います e71 ビザ 専門家 特定の 定の分 の分野 分野の 野の管 の管理 管理職 理職や 職や専 や専門 専門家 門家に 家に対 に対し 対して して与 て与え 与えら えられ られる れるビ るビザ ビザで ザです e72 ビザ 準専門 専門職 オフィ フィス ィスの スの仕 の仕事 仕事や 事やサ やサー サービ ービス ビス業 ス業に 業に従 に従事 従事す 事する する方 る方に 方に対 に対す 対する するビ るビザ ビザで ザです e73 ビザ 技術者 技術分 術分野 分野で 野で働 で働く 働く方 く方に 方に対 に対す 対する するビ るビザ ビザで ザです e74 ビザ 経験豊 験豊富 豊富な 富な技 な技術 技術者 経験豊 験豊富 豊富な 富な技 な技術 技術者 術者向 者向け 向けの けのビ のビザ ビザで 通常 5 年以上 以上の 上の経 の経験 経験を 験を持 を持つ 持つ労 つ労働 労働者 働者は e9 から移 ら移行 移行し 行しま します e7 ビザは ザは外 は外国 外国人 国人に 人に対 に対す 対する する特 る特定 特定能 定能力 能力を 力を持 を持つ 持つ方 つ方の 方のた のため ための めの特 の特別 特別な 別なビ なビザ ビザで ザであ であり 以下の 下のカ のカテ カテゴ テゴリ ゴリー リーに ーに分 に分け 分けら けられ られて れてい ていま います e71 ビザ 専門家 特定の 定の分 の分野 分野の 野の管 の管理 管理職 理職や 職や専 や専門 専門家 門家に 家に対 に対し 対して して与 て与え 与えら えられ られる れるビ るビザ ビザで ザです e72 ビザ 準専門 専門職 オフィ フィス ィスの スの仕 の仕事 仕事や 事やサ やサー サービ ービス ビス業 ス業に 業に従 に従事 従事す 事する する方 る方に 方に対 に対す 対する するビ るビザ ビザで ザです e73 ビザ 技術者 技術分 術分野 分野で 野で働 で働く 働く方 く方に 方に対 に対す 対する するビ るビザ ビザで ザです e74 ビザ 経験豊 験豊富 豊富な 富な技 な技術 技術者 経験豊 験豊富 豊富な 富な技 な技術 技術者 術者向 者向け 向けの けのビ のビザ ビザで 通常 5 年以上 以上の 上の経 の経験 経験を 験を持 を持つ 持つ労 つ労働 労働者 働者は e9 から移 ら移行 移行し 行しま します  ', 0),
(7, 'ko', 'help_search', ' configuring comments goal configure a content entity type subtype to allow commenting using a comment type that you have configured see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields and creating a comment type to configure a comment type who can configure comments  in order to follow these steps the field ui module must be installed you ll need the comment module s administer comments and comment settings permission in order to change comment settings for a comment field you ll also need to have the appropriate permission for adding fields to the entity type or subtype that the comments are attached to for example to add a comment field to content items provided by the node module you would need the node module s administer content types permission steps follow the steps in the related adding a field to an entity subtype topic to add a field of type comments to the desired entity type or subtype on the first field settings page choose the comment type to use for this entity type or subtype you ll also notice that the allowed number of values field cannot be changed for comment fields on the next field settings page enter the desired settings for the comment field  threading  whether or not the comments are collected by threads with people able to reply to particular comments instead of to the content entity itself comments per page  the maximum number of comments displayed on one page a pager will be added if you exceed this limit  anonymous commenting  whether or not anonymous commenters are allowed or required to leave contact information with their comments only applies if anonymous users have permission to post comments  show reply form on the same page as comments  whether the comment reply form is displayed on the same page as the comments if this is not selected clicking reply will open a new page with the reply form preview comments  whether previewing comments before submission is required   optional  or disabled  default value  each individual entity has its own comment settings but here you can set defaults for the comment settings for this entity type or subtype the comment settings values are  open  comments are allowed closed  past comments remain visible but no new comments are allowed hidden  past comments are hidden and no new comments are allowed additional resources online documentation for content comment settings ', 1787923659),
(7, 'ko', 'node_search', ' e7 visa a special ability visa for foreign nationals e7 visa a special ability visa for foreign nationals cometadmin mon 7032023 1921 thu 5182023 30 e7 visa နိုင်ငံခြား နိုင်ငံသား အထူးစွမ်းရည်ဗီဇာပါ အဲမှာလည်း အမျိုးစား ထပ်ခွဲထားပါသေးတယ် e71 visa professionals managers တွေနဲ့ နယ်ပယ်တခုခုမှာ တတ်ကျွမ်းနားလည်တဲ့ ပညာရှင်တွေကို ပေးတဲ့ ဗီဇာပါ e72 visa semiprofessionals office အလုပ်တွေရယ် ဒါမှမဟုတ် service ပိုင်းဆိုင်ရာ တာဝန်ထမ်းဆောင်နေတဲ့သူတွေ ရရှိတဲ့ ဗီဇာပါ e73 visa technicians နည်းပညာ ပညာရှင် နည်းပညာပိုင်းဆိုင်ရာ နယ်ပယ်မှာ လုပ်ကိုင်နေသူတွေ ရရှိတဲ့ ဗီဇာပါ e74 visa experienced technicians အတွေ့ကြုံရှိ ပညာရှင်ဗီဇာပါ များသောအားဖြင့် လုပ်သက် ၅နှစ်အထက် အတွေ့ကြုံရှိ လုပ်သားတွေ e9 ကနေ ပြောင်းလာရင် ရရှိတဲ့ ဗီဇာလည်း ဖြစ်ပါတယ်တဲ့ အမှတ်အပေါ်မူတည်ပြီး ပေးတယ်လို့လည်း သိရပါတယ် e7 visa it s a special ability visa for foreign nationals it s also divided into categories e71 visa professionals this is a visa given to managers and experts in a particular field e72 visa semiprofessionals this is a visa for people who work in office jobs or service e73 visa technicians technicians this is a visa for those working in the technical field e74 visa experienced technicians is an experienced technician visa usually workers with more than 5 years of experience are transferred from e9 e7 visa နိုင်ငံခြား နိုင်ငံသား အထူးစွမ်းရည်ဗီဇာပါ အဲမှာလည်း အမျိုးစား ထပ်ခွဲထားပါသေးတယ် e71 visa professionals managers တွေနဲ့ နယ်ပယ်တခုခုမှာ တတ်ကျွမ်းနားလည်တဲ့ ပညာရှင်တွေကို ပေးတဲ့ ဗီဇာပါ e72 visa semiprofessionals office အလုပ်တွေရယ် ဒါမှမဟုတ် service ပိုင်းဆိုင်ရာ တာဝန်ထမ်းဆောင်နေတဲ့သူတွေ ရရှိတဲ့ ဗီဇာပါ e73 visa technicians နည်းပညာ ပညာရှင် နည်းပညာပိုင်းဆိုင်ရာ နယ်ပယ်မှာ လုပ်ကိုင်နေသူတွေ ရရှိတဲ့ ဗီဇာပါ e74 visa experienced technicians အတွေ့ကြုံရှိ ပညာရှင်ဗီဇာပါ များသောအားဖြင့် လုပ်သက် ၅နှစ်အထက် အတွေ့ကြုံရှိ လုပ်သားတွေ e9 ကနေ ပြောင်းလာရင် ရရှိတဲ့ ဗီဇာလည်း ဖြစ်ပါတယ်တဲ့ အမှတ်အပေါ်မူတည်ပြီး ပေးတယ်လို့လည်း သိရပါတယ် e7 visa it s a special ability visa for foreign nationals it s also divided into categories e71 visa professionals this is a visa given to managers and experts in a particular field e72 visa semiprofessionals this is a visa for people who work in office jobs or service e73 visa technicians technicians this is a visa for those working in the technical field e74 visa experienced technicians is an experienced technician visa usually workers with more than 5 years of experience are transferred from e9  ', 0),
(8, 'en', 'help_search', ' creating a comment type goal create a new comment type see managing comments for information about comments and comment types who can create a comment type  users with the administer comment types and settings permission typically administrators can create comment types steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   comment types  click add comment type  in the label field enter a name for the comment type which is how it will be listed in the administrative interface in the target entity type field select the entity type to be commented on see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields click save  the comment type will be created optionally if you have the core field ui module installed you can follow the steps in the related topics to add fields to the new comment type set up the editing form and configure the display  ', 1787923659),
(8, 'en', 'node_search', ' wanted people who want to work as a welder expert welding technician in korea shipyard wanted people who want to work as a welder expert welding technician in korea shipyard admin tue 6202023 1233 fri 5262023 36 overtime 3 hours a day and 22 days off after deducting money to be earned and other living and dining expenses health insurance and income tax expenses there may be more than 50000000 mmk left overtime 3 hours a day and 22 days off after deducting money to be earned and other living and dining expenses health insurance and income tax expenses there may be more than 50000000 mmk left  ', 0),
(8, 'ja', 'help_search', ' creating a comment type goal create a new comment type see managing comments for information about comments and comment types who can create a comment type  users with the administer comment types and settings permission typically administrators can create comment types steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   comment types  click add comment type  in the label field enter a name for the comment type which is how it will be listed in the administrative interface in the target entity type field select the entity type to be commented on see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields click save  the comment type will be created optionally if you have the core field ui module installed you can follow the steps in the related topics to add fields to the new comment type set up the editing form and configure the display  ', 1787923659),
(8, 'ja', 'node_search', '  韓国の 国の造 の造船 造船所 船所で 所で溶 で溶接 溶接技 接技術 技術者 術者と 者とし として して働 て働き 働きた きたい たい人 い人を 人を募 を募集 募集し 集して してい ていま います 経験豊 験豊富 豊富な 富な溶 な溶接 溶接技 接技術 技術者   韓国の 国の造 の造船 造船所 船所で 所で溶 で溶接 溶接技 接技術 技術者 術者と 者とし として して働 て働き 働きた きたい たい人 い人を 人を募 を募集 募集し 集して してい ていま います 経験豊 験豊富 豊富な 富な溶 な溶接 溶接技 接技術 技術者 cometadmin mon 7032023 1914 fri 5262023 36 1 日 3 時間の 間の残 の残業 残業と 22 日 の休暇 休暇が 暇があ があり 収入か 入から から差 ら差し 差し引 し引か 引かれ かれる れるべ るべき べき金 き金額 金額や 額や生 や生活 生活費 食費 健康保 康保険 所得税 得税な 税など などの どの経 の経費 経費を 費を差 を差し 差し引 し引い 引いた いた後 50000000 mmk 以上が 上が残 が残る 残る可 る可能 可能性 能性が 性があ があり ありま ります 1 日 3 時間の 間の残 の残業 残業と 22 日 の休暇 休暇が 暇があ があり 収入か 入から から差 ら差し 差し引 し引か 引かれ かれる れるべ るべき べき金 き金額 金額や 額や生 や生活 生活費 食費 健康保 康保険 所得税 得税な 税など などの どの経 の経費 経費を 費を差 を差し 差し引 し引い 引いた いた後 50000000 mmk 以上が 上が残 が残る 残る可 る可能 可能性 能性が 性があ があり ありま ります  ', 0),
(8, 'ko', 'help_search', ' creating a comment type goal create a new comment type see managing comments for information about comments and comment types who can create a comment type  users with the administer comment types and settings permission typically administrators can create comment types steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   comment types  click add comment type  in the label field enter a name for the comment type which is how it will be listed in the administrative interface in the target entity type field select the entity type to be commented on see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields click save  the comment type will be created optionally if you have the core field ui module installed you can follow the steps in the related topics to add fields to the new comment type set up the editing form and configure the display  ', 1787923659),
(8, 'ko', 'node_search', ' korea သင်္ဘောကျင်းတွင် welder ကျွမ်းကျင် ဂဟေဆော်ပညာရှင် အဖြစ် သွားရောက် လုပ်ကိုင်လိုသူများ အလိုရှိသည်  korea သင်္ဘောကျင်းတွင် welder ကျွမ်းကျင် ဂဟေဆော်ပညာရှင် အဖြစ် သွားရောက် လုပ်ကိုင်လိုသူများ အလိုရှိသည် cometadmin mon 7032023 1914 fri 5262023 36 overtime တစ်နေ့ ၃ နာရီနှင့် ၂၂ ရက်လောက်ဆင်း ရရှိမည့်ငွေနှင့် အခြားနေထိုင် စားသောက်စရိတ် ကျန်းမာရေးအာမခံနှင့် ၀င်ငွေခွန် ကုန်ကျစရိတ်များ နှုတ်ပြီးလျှင် မြန်မာငွေ သိန်း ၅၀အထက်လောက် ကျန်နိုင်ပါသည် overtime တစ်နေ့ ၃ နာရီနှင့် ၂၂ ရက်လောက်ဆင်း ရရှိမည့်ငွေနှင့် အခြားနေထိုင် စားသောက်စရိတ် ကျန်းမာရေးအာမခံနှင့် ၀င်ငွေခွန် ကုန်ကျစရိတ်များ နှုတ်ပြီးလျှင် မြန်မာငွေ သိန်း ၅၀အထက်လောက် ကျန်နိုင်ပါသည်  ', 0),
(9, 'en', 'help_search', ' disabling comments goal turn off commenting for a particular entity see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields note that if you want to turn off commenting for all entities of an entity type or subtype you will need to edit the field settings for the comment field see configuring comments for more about configuring the comment field who can disable comments  you will need the administer comments and comment settings permission in order to disable commenting you will also need permission to edit the entity that the comments are on steps find the entity you want to disable comments for and edit it for example to turn off comments on a content item you could find it by navigating in the manage administrative menu to content  filtering to find the content item and clicking edit  under comment settings  select the desired comment setting  open  comments are allowed closed  past comments remain visible but no new comments are allowed hidden  past comments are hidden and no new comments are allowed save the entity  ', 1787923659);
INSERT INTO `search_dataset` (`sid`, `langcode`, `type`, `data`, `reindex`) VALUES
(9, 'en', 'node_search', ' the first batch of welding trainees from new comet trading agency co ltd from sinmalike shipyard was met by the deputy minister of the ministry of transport and communications and gave speeches and inspected the training school the first batch of welding trainees from new comet trading agency co ltd from sinmalike shipyard was met by the deputy minister of the ministry of transport and communications and gave speeches and inspected the training school admin tue 6202023 1241 sat 6032023 43 the first batch of welding trainees from new comet trading agency co ltd from sinmalike shipyard was met by the deputy minister of the ministry of transport and communications and gave speeches and inspected the training school  ', 0),
(9, 'ja', 'help_search', ' disabling comments goal turn off commenting for a particular entity see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields note that if you want to turn off commenting for all entities of an entity type or subtype you will need to edit the field settings for the comment field see configuring comments for more about configuring the comment field who can disable comments  you will need the administer comments and comment settings permission in order to disable commenting you will also need permission to edit the entity that the comments are on steps find the entity you want to disable comments for and edit it for example to turn off comments on a content item you could find it by navigating in the manage administrative menu to content  filtering to find the content item and clicking edit  under comment settings  select the desired comment setting  open  comments are allowed closed  past comments remain visible but no new comments are allowed hidden  past comments are hidden and no new comments are allowed save the entity  ', 1787923659),
(9, 'ja', 'node_search', '  ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ット商 ト商社 商社株 社株式 株式会 式会社 会社の 社のシ のシン シンマ ンマラ マライ ライク イク造 ク造船 造船所 船所か 所から からの らの初 の初め 初めて めての ての溶 の溶接 溶接研 接研修 研修生 修生た 生たち たちが 運輸通 輸通信 通信省 信省の 省の副 の副大 副大臣 大臣に 臣によ によっ よって って出 て出迎 出迎え 迎えら えられ スピー ピーチ ーチを チを行 を行い 訓練校 練校を 校を視 を視察 視察し 察しま しまし ました   ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ット商 ト商社 商社株 社株式 株式会 式会社 会社の 社のシ のシン シンマ ンマラ マライ ライク イク造 ク造船 造船所 船所か 所から からの らの初 の初め 初めて めての ての溶 の溶接 溶接研 接研修 研修生 修生た 生たち たちが 運輸通 輸通信 通信省 信省の 省の副 の副大 副大臣 大臣に 臣によ によっ よって って出 て出迎 出迎え 迎えら えられ スピー ピーチ ーチを チを行 を行い 訓練校 練校を 校を視 を視察 視察し 察しま しまし ました cometadmin mon 7032023 1922 sat 6032023 43 ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ット商 ト商社 商社株 社株式 株式会 式会社 会社の 社のシ のシン シンマ ンマラ マライ ライク イク造 ク造船 造船所 船所か 所から からの らの初 の初め 初めて めての ての溶 の溶接 溶接研 接研修 研修生 修生た 生たち たちが 運輸通 輸通信 通信省 信省の 省の副 の副大 副大臣 大臣に 臣によ によっ よって って出 て出迎 出迎え 迎えら えられ スピー ピーチ ーチを チを行 を行い 訓練校 練校を 校を視 を視察 視察し 察しま しまし ました  ', 0),
(9, 'ko', 'help_search', ' disabling comments goal turn off commenting for a particular entity see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields note that if you want to turn off commenting for all entities of an entity type or subtype you will need to edit the field settings for the comment field see configuring comments for more about configuring the comment field who can disable comments  you will need the administer comments and comment settings permission in order to disable commenting you will also need permission to edit the entity that the comments are on steps find the entity you want to disable comments for and edit it for example to turn off comments on a content item you could find it by navigating in the manage administrative menu to content  filtering to find the content item and clicking edit  under comment settings  select the desired comment setting  open  comments are allowed closed  past comments remain visible but no new comments are allowed hidden  past comments are hidden and no new comments are allowed save the entity  ', 1787923659),
(9, 'ko', 'node_search', ' ဆင်မလိုက် သင်္ဘောကျင်းမှ new comet trading agency co ltd မှ ပထမအသုတ် ဂဟေဆော် သင်တန်းသားများအား ပို့ဆောင်ရေးနှင့် ဆက်သွယ်ရေးဝန်ကြီးဌာနမှ ဒုဝန်ကြီးမှ လာရောက်တွေ့ဆုံ အမှာစကားများ ပြောကြားပေးပြီး သင်တန်းကျောင်းအား လာရောက်စစ်ဆေးစဉ် ဆင်မလိုက် သင်္ဘောကျင်းမှ new comet trading agency co ltd မှ ပထမအသုတ် ဂဟေဆော် သင်တန်းသားများအား ပို့ဆောင်ရေးနှင့် ဆက်သွယ်ရေးဝန်ကြီးဌာနမှ ဒုဝန်ကြီးမှ လာရောက်တွေ့ဆုံ အမှာစကားများ ပြောကြားပေးပြီး သင်တန်းကျောင်းအား လာရောက်စစ်ဆေးစဉ် cometadmin mon 7032023 1922 sat 6032023 43 ဆင်မလိုက် သင်္ဘောကျင်းမှ new comet trading agency co ltd မှ ပထမအသုတ် ဂဟေဆော် သင်တန်းသားများအား ပို့ဆောင်ရေးနှင့် ဆက်သွယ်ရေး ဝန်ကြီးဌာနမှ ဒုဝန်ကြီးမှ လာရောက်တွေ့ဆုံ အမှာစကားများ ပြောကြားပေးပြီး သင်တန်းကျောင်းအား လာရောက်စစ်ဆေးသည်  ', 0),
(10, 'en', 'help_search', ' moderating comments goal decide which comments are shown on the website who can moderate comments  users with the administer comments and comment settings permission typically administrators can moderate comments you will also need the access the content overview page permission from the node module if it is installed to navigate to the comment management page steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to content   comments  a list of all comments is shown to unpublish comments select one or more comments by checking the boxes on the left side right side in righttoleft languages then select unpublish comment from the action select list and click apply to selected items  if you select the delete comment action you can instead delete the unwanted comments to change the content of a comment click edit from the dropdown button for a particular comment to publish comments that are not yet visible on the website navigate to the unapproved comments tab select one or more comments by checking the boxes on the left side right side in righttoleft languages then select publish comment from the action select list and click apply to selected items  additional resources online documentation for moderating comments ', 1787923659),
(10, 'en', 'node_search', ' expert engineers who want to work at south korea shipyards as electrical engineer position are wanted desperately expert engineers who want to work at south korea shipyards as electrical engineer position are wanted desperately admin tue 6202023 1926 wed 6212023 1927 expert engineers who want to work at south korea shipyards as electrical engineer position are wanted desperately electrical engineer 1 qualification bachelor s degree or higher 1 year of experience in the field community college degree 5 years of experience in the field 2 related degree and experience degree electronic engineering electrical power engineering new comet trading agency co ltd 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 18393300018393344  ', 0),
(10, 'ja', 'help_search', ' moderating comments goal decide which comments are shown on the website who can moderate comments  users with the administer comments and comment settings permission typically administrators can moderate comments you will also need the access the content overview page permission from the node module if it is installed to navigate to the comment management page steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to content   comments  a list of all comments is shown to unpublish comments select one or more comments by checking the boxes on the left side right side in righttoleft languages then select unpublish comment from the action select list and click apply to selected items  if you select the delete comment action you can instead delete the unwanted comments to change the content of a comment click edit from the dropdown button for a particular comment to publish comments that are not yet visible on the website navigate to the unapproved comments tab select one or more comments by checking the boxes on the left side right side in righttoleft languages then select publish comment from the action select list and click apply to selected items  additional resources online documentation for moderating comments ', 1787923659),
(10, 'ja', 'node_search', '  韓国の 国の造 の造船 造船所 船所で 所で電 で電気 電気エ 気エン エンジ ンジニ ジニア ニアの アのポ のポジ ポジシ ジショ ション ョンで ンで働 で働き 働きた きたい たい経 い経験 経験豊 験豊富 豊富な 富なエ なエン エンジ ンジニ ジニア ニアを アを緊 を緊急 緊急で 急で募 で募集 募集し 集して してい ていま います   韓国の 国の造 の造船 造船所 船所で 所で電 で電気 電気エ 気エン エンジ ンジニ ジニア ニアの アのポ のポジ ポジシ ジショ ション ョンで ンで働 で働き 働きた きたい たい経 い経験 経験豊 験豊富 豊富な 富なエ なエン エンジ ンジニ ジニア ニアを アを緊 を緊急 緊急で 急で募 で募集 募集し 集して してい ていま います cometadmin mon 7032023 1924 wed 6212023 1927 韓国の 国の造 の造船 造船所 船所で 所で電 で電気 電気エ 気エン エンジ ンジニ ジニア ニアの アのポ のポジ ポジシ ジショ ション ョンで ンで働 で働き 働きた きたい たい経 い経験 経験豊 験豊富 豊富な 富なエ なエン エンジ ンジニ ジニア ニアを アを緊 を緊急 緊急で 急で募 で募集 募集し 集して してい ていま います 電気エ 気エン エンジ ンジニ ジニア 1 資格 大学の 学の学 の学士 学士号 士号ま 号また または たはそ はそれ それ以 れ以上 以上の 上の学 の学位 その分 の分野 分野で 野での 1 年の経 の経験 コミュ ミュニ ュニテ ニティ ティカ ィカレ カレッ レッジ ッジの ジの学 の学位 その分 の分野 分野で 野での 5 年の経 の経験 2 関連す 連する する学 る学位 学位と 位と経 と経験 学位 電子工 子工学 電力工 力工学 new comet trading agency co ltd 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 18393300018393344  ', 0),
(10, 'ko', 'help_search', ' moderating comments goal decide which comments are shown on the website who can moderate comments  users with the administer comments and comment settings permission typically administrators can moderate comments you will also need the access the content overview page permission from the node module if it is installed to navigate to the comment management page steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to content   comments  a list of all comments is shown to unpublish comments select one or more comments by checking the boxes on the left side right side in righttoleft languages then select unpublish comment from the action select list and click apply to selected items  if you select the delete comment action you can instead delete the unwanted comments to change the content of a comment click edit from the dropdown button for a particular comment to publish comments that are not yet visible on the website navigate to the unapproved comments tab select one or more comments by checking the boxes on the left side right side in righttoleft languages then select publish comment from the action select list and click apply to selected items  additional resources online documentation for moderating comments ', 1787923659),
(10, 'ko', 'node_search', ' expert engineers who want to work at south korea shipyards as electrical engineer position are wanted desperately expert engineers who want to work at south korea shipyards as electrical engineer position are wanted desperately cometadmin mon 7032023 1925 wed 6212023 1927 expert engineers who want to work at south korea shipyards as electrical engineer position are wanted desperately electrical engineer 1 qualification bachelor s degree or higher 1 year of experience in the field community college degree 5 years of experience in the field 2 related degree and experience degree electronic engineering electrical power engineering new comet trading agency co ltd 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 18393300018393344  ', 0),
(11, 'en', 'help_search', ' managing comments what is a comment  a comment is a piece of content typically posted by a website visitor which provides discussion or commentary on other content like blog posts and news articles comments are a type of content entity and can have fields that store text html markup and other data comments are attached to other content entities via comment fields see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields what is a comment type  comments are divided into comment types  which are the entity subtypes for the comment entity type each comment type has its own fields and its own form and display settings each type can be used to comment on a single entity type you can set up different comment types for different commenting purposes on your web site for example you might set up a comment type for recipes that has fields how did it taste and did the instructions work and another comment type for blog entries that has only a generic comment body field what is moderation  moderation is a workflow where comments posted by some users on your site are verified before being published to prevent spam and other bad behavior the core software provides basic moderation functionality you can configure permissions so that new comments posted by some user roles start as unpublished until a user with a different role reviews and publishes them contributed modules provide additional moderation and spamreduction functionality such as requiring untrusted users pass a captcha test before submitting comments and letting community members flag comments as possible spam see managing user accounts and site visitors for more about users permissions and roles overview of managing comments the core comment module provides the following functionality posting comments creating comment types the core field ui module allows you to attach fields to comment types and attach comment reference fields to other entities so that people can comment on them configuring commenting moderating comments as discussed above see the related topics listed below for specific tasks  ', 1787923659),
(11, 'en', 'node_search', ' contact us contact us admin wed 6212023 632 new comet trading agency co ltd building a32 2nd floor room201 myanmagonyi housing upper pansodan road mingalartaungnyunt tsp yangon myanmar phone 1 8393300 1 8393344 1 8393393 9 775556677 viber 959 5556677 email  newcometagency gmailcom website wwwnewcomettradingagencycom  ', 0),
(11, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing comments what is a comment  a comment is a piece of content typically posted by a website visitor which provides discussion or commentary on other content like blog posts and news articles comments are a type of content entity and can have fields that store text html markup and other data comments are attached to other content entities via comment fields see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields what is a comment type  comments are divided into comment types  which are the entity subtypes for the comment entity type each comment type has its own fields and its own form and display settings each type can be used to comment on a single entity type you can set up different comment types for different commenting purposes on your web site for example you might set up a comment type for recipes that has fields how did it taste and did the instructions work and another comment type for blog entries that has only a generic comment body field what is moderation  moderation is a workflow where comments posted by some users on your site are verified before being published to prevent spam and other bad behavior the core software provides basic moderation functionality you can configure permissions so that new comments posted by some user roles start as unpublished until a user with a different role reviews and publishes them contributed modules provide additional moderation and spamreduction functionality such as requiring untrusted users pass a captcha test before submitting comments and letting community members flag comments as possible spam see managing user accounts and site visitors for more about users permissions and roles overview of managing comments the core comment module provides the following functionality posting comments creating comment types the core field ui module allows you to attach fields to comment types and attach comment reference fields to other entities so that people can comment on them configuring commenting moderating comments as discussed above see the related topics listed below for specific tasks  ', 1787923659),
(11, 'ja', 'node_search', '  お問い 問い合 い合わ 合わせ   お問い 問い合 い合わ 合わせ cometadmin mon 7032023 1748  ニュー コメッ メット トレー レーデ ーディ ディン ィング エージ ージェ ジェン ェンシ ンシー 株式会 式会社  building a32 2nd floor room201 myanmagonyi housing upper pansodan road mingalartaungnyunt tsp yangon myanmar phone 1 8393300 1 8393344 1 8393393 9 775556677 viber 959 5556677 email  newcometagency gmailcom website wwwnewcomettradingagencycom  ', 0),
(11, 'ko', 'help_search', ' managing comments what is a comment  a comment is a piece of content typically posted by a website visitor which provides discussion or commentary on other content like blog posts and news articles comments are a type of content entity and can have fields that store text html markup and other data comments are attached to other content entities via comment fields see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields what is a comment type  comments are divided into comment types  which are the entity subtypes for the comment entity type each comment type has its own fields and its own form and display settings each type can be used to comment on a single entity type you can set up different comment types for different commenting purposes on your web site for example you might set up a comment type for recipes that has fields how did it taste and did the instructions work and another comment type for blog entries that has only a generic comment body field what is moderation  moderation is a workflow where comments posted by some users on your site are verified before being published to prevent spam and other bad behavior the core software provides basic moderation functionality you can configure permissions so that new comments posted by some user roles start as unpublished until a user with a different role reviews and publishes them contributed modules provide additional moderation and spamreduction functionality such as requiring untrusted users pass a captcha test before submitting comments and letting community members flag comments as possible spam see managing user accounts and site visitors for more about users permissions and roles overview of managing comments the core comment module provides the following functionality posting comments creating comment types the core field ui module allows you to attach fields to comment types and attach comment reference fields to other entities so that people can comment on them configuring commenting moderating comments as discussed above see the related topics listed below for specific tasks  ', 1787923659),
(11, 'ko', 'node_search', '  연락처   연락처 cometadmin mon 7032023 1749  뉴코멧 트레이 레이딩 에이전 이전시    a 32 동 2 층 201 호 미얀마 공리 주택 myanmagonyi housing 어퍼 파송단 송단길 민가라 가라떵 라떵뉸 떵뉸타 뉸타운 타운십 mingalartaungnyunt township 양곤 미얀마 전화번 화번호 1 8393300 1 8393344 1 8393393 9 775556677 바이버 959 5556677 이메일  newcometagency gmailcom  웹사이 사이트 wwwnewcomettradingagencycom  ', 0),
(12, 'en', 'help_search', ' exporting your complete site configuration goal create and download an archive containing all your site s configuration exported as yaml files see managing and deploying configuration for more information about configuration steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   configuration synchronization   export  click export and save the archive file  ', 1787923659),
(12, 'ja', 'help_search', ' exporting your complete site configuration goal create and download an archive containing all your site s configuration exported as yaml files see managing and deploying configuration for more information about configuration steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   configuration synchronization   export  click export and save the archive file  ', 1787923659),
(12, 'ko', 'help_search', ' exporting your complete site configuration goal create and download an archive containing all your site s configuration exported as yaml files see managing and deploying configuration for more information about configuration steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   configuration synchronization   export  click export and save the archive file  ', 1787923659),
(13, 'en', 'help_search', ' exporting a single configuration item goal export a single configuration item to a file see managing and deploying configuration for more information about configuration steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   configuration synchronization   export   single item  select the configuration type that you want to export and then select the specific configuration name to export use your browser to copy the text in the box marked here is your configuration to the clipboard paste the copied text into a plaintext editor on your computer or other device and save it using the suggested file name below the text box  ', 1787923659),
(13, 'ja', 'help_search', ' exporting a single configuration item goal export a single configuration item to a file see managing and deploying configuration for more information about configuration steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   configuration synchronization   export   single item  select the configuration type that you want to export and then select the specific configuration name to export use your browser to copy the text in the box marked here is your configuration to the clipboard paste the copied text into a plaintext editor on your computer or other device and save it using the suggested file name below the text box  ', 1787923659),
(13, 'ko', 'help_search', ' exporting a single configuration item goal export a single configuration item to a file see managing and deploying configuration for more information about configuration steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   configuration synchronization   export   single item  select the configuration type that you want to export and then select the specific configuration name to export use your browser to copy the text in the box marked here is your configuration to the clipboard paste the copied text into a plaintext editor on your computer or other device and save it using the suggested file name below the text box  ', 1787923659),
(14, 'en', 'help_search', ' importing your complete site configuration goal import the complete configuration of your site from an archive file such as one that was previously exported see exporting your complete site configuration see managing and deploying configuration for more information about configuration steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   configuration synchronization   import  browse to find the configuration archive that you want to import click upload  your configuration archive will be unpacked and placed in the configuration synchronization directory and you will be redirected to the synchronize page review the differences between your uploaded configuration and the active configuration if any and click import all to import the changes  ', 1787923659),
(14, 'ja', 'help_search', ' importing your complete site configuration goal import the complete configuration of your site from an archive file such as one that was previously exported see exporting your complete site configuration see managing and deploying configuration for more information about configuration steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   configuration synchronization   import  browse to find the configuration archive that you want to import click upload  your configuration archive will be unpacked and placed in the configuration synchronization directory and you will be redirected to the synchronize page review the differences between your uploaded configuration and the active configuration if any and click import all to import the changes  ', 1787923659),
(14, 'ko', 'help_search', ' importing your complete site configuration goal import the complete configuration of your site from an archive file such as one that was previously exported see exporting your complete site configuration see managing and deploying configuration for more information about configuration steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   configuration synchronization   import  browse to find the configuration archive that you want to import click upload  your configuration archive will be unpacked and placed in the configuration synchronization directory and you will be redirected to the synchronize page review the differences between your uploaded configuration and the active configuration if any and click import all to import the changes  ', 1787923659),
(15, 'en', 'help_search', ' importing a single configuration item goal import a single configuration item in yaml format such as one that was previously exported see exporting a single configuration item see managing and deploying configuration for more information about configuration steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   configuration synchronization   import   single item  select the configuration type that you want to import on your computer or other device copy the yamlformat configuration that you want to import to the clipboard paste the clipboard text into the box labeled paste your configuration here  click import   ', 1787923659),
(15, 'ja', 'help_search', ' importing a single configuration item goal import a single configuration item in yaml format such as one that was previously exported see exporting a single configuration item see managing and deploying configuration for more information about configuration steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   configuration synchronization   import   single item  select the configuration type that you want to import on your computer or other device copy the yamlformat configuration that you want to import to the clipboard paste the clipboard text into the box labeled paste your configuration here  click import   ', 1787923659),
(15, 'ko', 'help_search', ' importing a single configuration item goal import a single configuration item in yaml format such as one that was previously exported see exporting a single configuration item see managing and deploying configuration for more information about configuration steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   configuration synchronization   import   single item  select the configuration type that you want to import on your computer or other device copy the yamlformat configuration that you want to import to the clipboard paste the clipboard text into the box labeled paste your configuration here  click import   ', 1787923659),
(16, 'en', 'help_search', ' translating configuration goal translate your site configuration to another language see adding a language if you need to add a new language steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   configuration translation  find either the configuration entity type or the simple configuration item that you want to translate in the label column of the list click list under operations for a configuration entity or translate for simple configuration see managing and deploying configuration to learn more about types of configuration and configuration entities for configuration entities find the specific entity that you want to translate on the next page and click translate under operations  enter translations for the translatable text fields for the configuration item and save  ', 1787923659),
(16, 'ja', 'help_search', ' translating configuration goal translate your site configuration to another language see adding a language if you need to add a new language steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   configuration translation  find either the configuration entity type or the simple configuration item that you want to translate in the label column of the list click list under operations for a configuration entity or translate for simple configuration see managing and deploying configuration to learn more about types of configuration and configuration entities for configuration entities find the specific entity that you want to translate on the next page and click translate under operations  enter translations for the translatable text fields for the configuration item and save  ', 1787923659),
(16, 'ko', 'help_search', ' translating configuration goal translate your site configuration to another language see adding a language if you need to add a new language steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   configuration translation  find either the configuration entity type or the simple configuration item that you want to translate in the label column of the list click list under operations for a configuration entity or translate for simple configuration see managing and deploying configuration to learn more about types of configuration and configuration entities for configuration entities find the specific entity that you want to translate on the next page and click translate under operations  enter translations for the translatable text fields for the configuration item and save  ', 1787923659),
(17, 'en', 'help_search', ' managing the fields of contact forms goal add remove or rearrange the fields on personal and sitewide contact forms what are the fields on contact forms  both personal and sitewide contact forms will always have subject and message fields you can add additional fields for users to fill out if desired note that if you want to display other content on a form page such as text or images you can use a content block steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   contact forms  click manage fields for the form you want to change the fields of and add or remove one or more fields on the form click manage form display to change the order or configuration of the fields on the form  ', 1787923659),
(17, 'en', 'node_search', ' the first batch of welding trainees from new comet trading agency co ltd from sinmalai shipyard was met by the deputy minister of the ministry of transport and communications and gave speeches and inspected the training school the first batch of welding trainees from new comet trading agency co ltd from sinmalai shipyard was met by the deputy minister of the ministry of transport and communications and gave speeches and inspected the training school admin sat 7012023 1327 sat 6032023 931 362023 the first batch of welding trainees from new comet trading agency co ltd from sinmalai shipyard was met by the deputy minister of the ministry of transport and communications and gave speeches and inspected the training school new comet trading agency co ltd 95556677 95015742 9775556677018393300018393344 the first batch of welding trainees from new comet trading agency co ltd from sinmalai shipyard was met by the deputy minister of the ministry of transport and communications and gave speeches and inspected the training school  ', 0),
(17, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing the fields of contact forms goal add remove or rearrange the fields on personal and sitewide contact forms what are the fields on contact forms  both personal and sitewide contact forms will always have subject and message fields you can add additional fields for users to fill out if desired note that if you want to display other content on a form page such as text or images you can use a content block steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   contact forms  click manage fields for the form you want to change the fields of and add or remove one or more fields on the form click manage form display to change the order or configuration of the fields on the form  ', 1787923659),
(17, 'ja', 'node_search', '  ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ット商 ト商社 商社株 社株式 株式会 式会社 会社の 社のシ のシン シンマ ンマラ マライ ライク イク造 ク造船 造船所 船所か 所から からの らの初 の初め 初めて めての ての溶 の溶接 溶接研 接研修 研修生 修生た 生たち たちが 運輸通 輸通信 通信省 信省の 省の副 の副大 副大臣 大臣に 臣によ によっ よって って出 て出迎 出迎え 迎えら えられ スピー ピーチ ーチを チを行 を行い 訓練校 練校を 校を視 を視察 視察し 察しま しまし ました   ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ット商 ト商社 商社株 社株式 株式会 式会社 会社の 社のシ のシン シンマ ンマラ マライ ライク イク造 ク造船 造船所 船所か 所から からの らの初 の初め 初めて めての ての溶 の溶接 溶接研 接研修 研修生 修生た 生たち たちが 運輸通 輸通信 通信省 信省の 省の副 の副大 副大臣 大臣に 臣によ によっ よって って出 て出迎 出迎え 迎えら えられ スピー ピーチ ーチを チを行 を行い 訓練校 練校を 校を視 を視察 視察し 察しま しまし ました cometadmin mon 7032023 1921 sat 6032023 931 ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ット商 ト商社 商社株 社株式 株式会 式会社 会社の 社のシ のシン シンマ ンマラ マライ ライク イク造 ク造船 造船所 船所か 所から からの らの初 の初め 初めて めての ての溶 の溶接 溶接研 接研修 研修生 修生た 生たち たちが 運輸通 輸通信 通信省 信省の 省の副 の副大 副大臣 大臣に 臣によ によっ よって って出 て出迎 出迎え 迎えら えられ スピー ピーチ ーチを チを行 を行い 訓練校 練校を 校を視 を視察 視察し 察しま しまし ました ニュー コメッ メット トレー レーデ ーディ ディン ィング エージ ージェ ジェン ェンシ ンシー 株式会 式会社 95556677 95015742 9775556677018393300018393344 ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ット商 ト商社 商社株 社株式 株式会 式会社 会社の 社のシ のシン シンマ ンマラ マライ ライク イク造 ク造船 造船所 船所か 所から からの らの初 の初め 初めて めての ての溶 の溶接 溶接研 接研修 研修生 修生た 生たち たちが 運輸通 輸通信 通信省 信省の 省の副 の副大 副大臣 大臣に 臣によ によっ よって って出 て出迎 出迎え 迎えら えられ スピー ピーチ ーチを チを行 を行い 訓練校 練校を 校を視 を視察 視察し 察しま しまし ました  ', 0),
(17, 'ko', 'help_search', ' managing the fields of contact forms goal add remove or rearrange the fields on personal and sitewide contact forms what are the fields on contact forms  both personal and sitewide contact forms will always have subject and message fields you can add additional fields for users to fill out if desired note that if you want to display other content on a form page such as text or images you can use a content block steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   contact forms  click manage fields for the form you want to change the fields of and add or remove one or more fields on the form click manage form display to change the order or configuration of the fields on the form  ', 1787923659),
(17, 'ko', 'node_search', ' ဆင်မလိုက်သင်္ဘောကျင်းမှ new comet trading agency co ltd မှ ပထမအသုတ်ဂဟေဆော်သင်တန်းသားများအား ပို့ဆောင်ရေးနှင့်ဆက်သွယ်ရေးဝန်ကြီး ဌာနမှ ဒုဝန်ကြီးမှလာရောက်တွေ့ဆုံ အမှာစကားများပြောကြားပေးပြီး သင်တန်းကျောင်းအားလာရောက်စစ်ဆေးစဉ် ဆင်မလိုက်သင်္ဘောကျင်းမှ new comet trading agency co ltd မှ ပထမအသုတ်ဂဟေဆော်သင်တန်းသားများအား ပို့ဆောင်ရေးနှင့်ဆက်သွယ်ရေးဝန်ကြီး ဌာနမှ ဒုဝန်ကြီးမှလာရောက်တွေ့ဆုံ အမှာစကားများပြောကြားပေးပြီး သင်တန်းကျောင်းအားလာရောက်စစ်ဆေးစဉ် cometadmin mon 7032023 1921 sat 6032023 931 ၃၆၂၀၂၃ ဆင်မလိုက်သင်္ဘောကျင်းမှ new comet trading agency co ltd မှ ပထမအသုတ်ဂဟေဆော်သင်တန်းသားများအား ပို့ဆောင်ရေးနှင့်ဆက်သွယ်ရေးဝန်ကြီး ဌာနမှ ဒုဝန်ကြီးမှလာရောက်တွေ့ဆုံ အမှာစကားများပြောကြားပေးပြီး သင်တန်းကျောင်းအားလာရောက်စစ်ဆေးစဉ် new comet trading agency co ltd 95556677 95015742 9775556677018393300018393344 ဆင်မလိုက်သင်္ဘောကျင်းမှ new comet trading agency co ltd မှ ပထမအသုတ်ဂဟေဆော်သင်တန်းသားများအား ပို့ဆောင်ရေးနှင့်ဆက်သွယ်ရေးဝန်ကြီး ဌာနမှ ဒုဝန်ကြီးမှလာရောက်တွေ့ဆုံ အမှာစကားများပြောကြားပေးပြီး သင်တန်းကျောင်းအားလာရောက်စစ်ဆေးစဉ်  ', 0),
(18, 'en', 'help_search', ' configuring personal contact forms goal configure personal contact forms for registered users on the website steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   people   account settings  in the contact settings section check uncheck the box to enable disable the contact form for new user accounts click save configuration  in the manage administrative menu navigate to people   permissions  verify that permissions are correct for your site s roles including the generic anonymous user and authenticated user  in order to use personal contact forms users need both view user information  in the user section which enables them to view user profiles and use users personal contact forms  in the contact section which enables them to use contact forms if they can view user profiles click save permissions  the contact form will always have subject and message fields if you want to add more fields follow the steps in managing the fields of contact forms  ', 1787923659),
(18, 'en', 'node_search', ' food beverage hostess to work at 5 stars hotels in dubai or abu dhabi are wanted desperately food beverage hostess to work at 5 stars hotels in dubai or abu dhabi are wanted desperately admin sat 7012023 1347 fri 6232023 949 food beverage hostess to work at 5 stars hotels in dubai or abu dhabi are wanted desperately 1must be an experienced lady who have at least 2 years work experience in f b industry 2living expenses meals and transportation fees are provided 3must be under 30 healthy and have good communication skill 4must be graduated from university 5must speak english well contact us new comet trading agency co ltd 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 9971286882 9752510732 18393300018393344  ', 0),
(18, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configuring personal contact forms goal configure personal contact forms for registered users on the website steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   people   account settings  in the contact settings section check uncheck the box to enable disable the contact form for new user accounts click save configuration  in the manage administrative menu navigate to people   permissions  verify that permissions are correct for your site s roles including the generic anonymous user and authenticated user  in order to use personal contact forms users need both view user information  in the user section which enables them to view user profiles and use users personal contact forms  in the contact section which enables them to use contact forms if they can view user profiles click save permissions  the contact form will always have subject and message fields if you want to add more fields follow the steps in managing the fields of contact forms  ', 1787923659),
(18, 'ja', 'node_search', '  ドバイ バイま イまた または たはア はアブ アブダ ブダビ ダビの 5 つ星ホ 星ホテ ホテル テルで ルで働 で働く 働くフ くフー フード ビバレ バレッ レッジ ッジホ ジホス ホステ ステス テスを スを緊 を緊急 緊急で 急で求 で求め 求めて めてい ていま います   ドバイ バイま イまた または たはア はアブ アブダ ブダビ ダビの 5 つ星ホ 星ホテ ホテル テルで ルで働 で働く 働くフ くフー フード ビバレ バレッ レッジ ッジホ ジホス ホステ ステス テスを スを緊 を緊急 緊急で 急で求 で求め 求めて めてい ていま います cometadmin mon 7032023 1925 fri 6232023 949 ドバイ バイま イまた または たはア はアブ アブダ ブダビ ダビの 5 つ星ホ 星ホテ ホテル テルで ルで働 で働く 働くフ くフー フード ビバレ バレッ レッジ ッジホ ジホス ホステ ステス テスを スを緊 を緊急 緊急で 急で求 で求め 求めて めてい ていま います 1 飲食業 食業界 業界で 界で少 で少な 少なく なくと くとも 2 年の勤 の勤務 勤務経 務経験 経験が 験があ がある ある経 る経験 経験豊 験豊富 豊富な 富な女 な女性 女性で 性であ である ある必 る必要 必要が 要があ があり ありま ります 2 生活費 食費 交通費 通費を 費を支 を支給 支給し 給しま します 330 歳以下 以下で 下で健 で健康 健康で 康でコ でコミ コミュ ミュニ ュニケ ニケー ケーシ ーショ ション ョン能 ン能力 能力の 力のあ のある ある方 4 大学を 学を卒 を卒業 卒業し 業して してい ている いる必 る必要 必要が 要があ があり ありま ります 5 英語を 語を上 を上手 上手に 手に話 に話さ 話さな さなけ なけれ ければ ればな ばなり なりま りませ ません  contact us new comet trading agency co ltd 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 9971286882 9752510732 18393300018393344  ', 0),
(18, 'ko', 'help_search', ' configuring personal contact forms goal configure personal contact forms for registered users on the website steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   people   account settings  in the contact settings section check uncheck the box to enable disable the contact form for new user accounts click save configuration  in the manage administrative menu navigate to people   permissions  verify that permissions are correct for your site s roles including the generic anonymous user and authenticated user  in order to use personal contact forms users need both view user information  in the user section which enables them to view user profiles and use users personal contact forms  in the contact section which enables them to use contact forms if they can view user profiles click save permissions  the contact form will always have subject and message fields if you want to add more fields follow the steps in managing the fields of contact forms  ', 1787923659),
(18, 'ko', 'node_search', ' food beverage hostess to work at 5 stars hotels in dubai or abu dhabi are wanted desperately food beverage hostess to work at 5 stars hotels in dubai or abu dhabi are wanted desperately cometadmin mon 7032023 1925 fri 6232023 949 food beverage hostess to work at 5 stars hotels in dubai or abu dhabi are wanted desperately 1must be an experienced lady who have at least 2 years work experience in f b industry 2living expenses meals and transportation fees are provided 3must be under 30 healthy and have good communication skill 4must be graduated from university 5must speak english well contact us new comet trading agency co ltd 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 9971286882 9752510732 18393300018393344  ', 0),
(19, 'en', 'help_search', ' creating a new contact form goal create a new sitewide contact form steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   contact forms  click add contact form  fill in the label  title for the form  recipients  and optionally the other settings click save  you should see your new contact form in the table along with a link to view it the contact form will always have subject and message fields if you want to add more fields follow the steps in managing the fields of contact forms  ', 1787923659),
(19, 'en', 'node_search', ' over 60 people from 1st batch came to register for koshipa skill test to go to korea with welding technician position e 73 visa over 60 people from 1st batch came to register for koshipa skill test to go to korea with welding technician position e 73 visa admin sat 7012023 1507 wed 6142023 909 over 60 people from 1st batch came to register for koshipa skill test to go to korea with welding technician position e 73 visa new comet trading agency co ltd 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 18393300018393344  ', 0),
(19, 'ja', 'help_search', ' creating a new contact form goal create a new sitewide contact form steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   contact forms  click add contact form  fill in the label  title for the form  recipients  and optionally the other settings click save  you should see your new contact form in the table along with a link to view it the contact form will always have subject and message fields if you want to add more fields follow the steps in managing the fields of contact forms  ', 1787923659),
(19, 'ja', 'node_search', '  第 1 バッチ ッチか チから 60 人以上 以上の 上の方 の方が 溶接技 接技術 技術者 術者の e 73 ビザポ ザポジ ポジシ ジショ ション ョンで ンで韓 で韓国 韓国に 国に行 に行く 行くた くため ための koshipa スキル キルテ ルテス テスト ストの トの受 の受験 受験登 験登録 登録に 録に来 に来ら 来られ られま れまし ました   第 1 バッチ ッチか チから 60 人以上 以上の 上の方 の方が 溶接技 接技術 技術者 術者の e 73 ビザポ ザポジ ポジシ ジショ ション ョンで ンで韓 で韓国 韓国に 国に行 に行く 行くた くため ための koshipa スキル キルテ ルテス テスト ストの トの受 の受験 受験登 験登録 登録に 録に来 に来ら 来られ られま れまし ました cometadmin mon 7032023 1922 wed 6142023 909 第 1 バッチ ッチか チから 60 人以上 以上の 上の方 の方が 溶接技 接技術 技術者 術者の e 73 ビザポ ザポジ ポジシ ジショ ション ョンで ンで韓 で韓国 韓国に 国に行 に行く 行くた くため ための koshipa スキル キルテ ルテス テスト ストの トの受 の受験 受験登 験登録 登録に 録にや にやっ やって ってき てきま きまし ました ニュー コメッ メット トレー レーデ ーディ ディン ィング エージ ージェ ジェン ェンシ ンシー 株式会 式会社 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 18393300018393344  ', 0),
(19, 'ko', 'help_search', ' creating a new contact form goal create a new sitewide contact form steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   contact forms  click add contact form  fill in the label  title for the form  recipients  and optionally the other settings click save  you should see your new contact form in the table along with a link to view it the contact form will always have subject and message fields if you want to add more fields follow the steps in managing the fields of contact forms  ', 1787923659),
(19, 'ko', 'node_search', ' over 60 people from 1st batch came to register for koshipa skill test to go to korea with welding technician position e 73 visa over 60 people from 1st batch came to register for koshipa skill test to go to korea with welding technician position e 73 visa cometadmin mon 7032023 1923 wed 6142023 909 over 60 people from 1st batch came to register for koshipa skill test to go to korea with welding technician position e 73 visa new comet trading agency co ltd 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 18393300018393344  ', 0),
(20, 'en', 'help_search', ' managing contact forms what are contact forms  there are two different types of contact forms provided by the core contact module personal contact forms which allow users to contact other users on the site and sitewide contact forms which allow users to contact site managers or administrators a site can have more than one sitewide contact form each has its own fields to fill out recipients and url you can also change the fields that are shown on personal contact forms using the personal contact form site visitors can email registered users on your site by using the personal contact form without knowing or learning the email address of the recipient when a user with the correct permissions is viewing another user s profile the viewer will see a contact tab or link which leads to the personal contact form if the user whose profile is being viewed has their personal contact form enabled this is a user account setting  contact form management tasks see the related topics below for specific tasks  ', 1787923659),
(20, 'en', 'node_search', ' memorial photo of 2nd batch welding students memorial photo of 2nd batch welding students admin sat 7012023 1609 mon 6192023 909 memorial photo of 2nd batch welding students 1962023  ', 0),
(20, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing contact forms what are contact forms  there are two different types of contact forms provided by the core contact module personal contact forms which allow users to contact other users on the site and sitewide contact forms which allow users to contact site managers or administrators a site can have more than one sitewide contact form each has its own fields to fill out recipients and url you can also change the fields that are shown on personal contact forms using the personal contact form site visitors can email registered users on your site by using the personal contact form without knowing or learning the email address of the recipient when a user with the correct permissions is viewing another user s profile the viewer will see a contact tab or link which leads to the personal contact form if the user whose profile is being viewed has their personal contact form enabled this is a user account setting  contact form management tasks see the related topics below for specific tasks  ', 1787923659),
(20, 'ja', 'node_search', '  第 2 回生 研修生 修生達 生達と 達と記 と記念   第 2 回生 研修生 修生達 生達と 達と記 と記念 cometadmin mon 7032023 1922 mon 6192023 909  第  2  回生 研修生 修生達 生達と 達と記 と記念      2023  年  6  月  20  日    ', 0),
(20, 'ko', 'help_search', ' managing contact forms what are contact forms  there are two different types of contact forms provided by the core contact module personal contact forms which allow users to contact other users on the site and sitewide contact forms which allow users to contact site managers or administrators a site can have more than one sitewide contact form each has its own fields to fill out recipients and url you can also change the fields that are shown on personal contact forms using the personal contact form site visitors can email registered users on your site by using the personal contact form without knowing or learning the email address of the recipient when a user with the correct permissions is viewing another user s profile the viewer will see a contact tab or link which leads to the personal contact form if the user whose profile is being viewed has their personal contact form enabled this is a user account setting  contact form management tasks see the related topics below for specific tasks  ', 1787923659),
(20, 'ko', 'node_search', ' memorial photo of 2nd batch welding students memorial photo of 2nd batch welding students cometadmin mon 7032023 1922 mon 6192023 909 memorial photo of 2nd batch welding students 1962023  ', 0),
(21, 'en', 'help_search', ' setting a default contact form goal set a sitewide contact form to be the default contact form  the form displayed on the default contact page  for example   contact   steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   contact forms  click edit for the sitewide form you want to be the default check make this the default form and click save   ', 1787923659),
(21, 'en', 'node_search', ' slider1 slider1 cometadmin mon 7032023 1757  ', 0),
(21, 'ja', 'help_search', ' setting a default contact form goal set a sitewide contact form to be the default contact form  the form displayed on the default contact page  for example   contact   steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   contact forms  click edit for the sitewide form you want to be the default check make this the default form and click save   ', 1787923659),
(21, 'ko', 'help_search', ' setting a default contact form goal set a sitewide contact form to be the default contact form  the form displayed on the default contact page  for example   contact   steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   contact forms  click edit for the sitewide form you want to be the default check make this the default form and click save   ', 1787923659);
INSERT INTO `search_dataset` (`sid`, `langcode`, `type`, `data`, `reindex`) VALUES
(22, 'en', 'help_search', ' using contextual links goal use contextual links to access administrative tasks without navigating the administrative menu what are contextual links  contextual links give users with the use contextual links permission quick access to administrative tasks related to areas of nonadministrative pages for example if a page on your site displays a block the block would have a contextual link that would allow users with permission to configure the block if the block contains a menu or a view it would also have a contextual link for editing the menu links or the view clicking a contextual link takes you to the related administrative page directly without needing to navigate through the administrative menu system steps make sure that the core contextual links module is installed and that you have a role with the use contextual links permission optionally make sure that a toolbar module is installed either the core toolbar module or a contributed module replacement visit a nonadministrative page on your site such as the home page locate a block or another area on the page that you want to edit or configure make the contextual links button visible by hovering your mouse over that area in the page in most themes this button looks like a pencil and is placed in the upper right corner of the page area upper left for righttoleft languages and hovering will also temporarily outline the affected area alternatively click the contextual links toggle button on the right end of the toolbar left end for righttoleft languages which will make all contextual link buttons on the page visible until it is clicked again while the contextual links button for the area of interest is visible click the button to display the list of links for that area click a link in the list to visit the corresponding administrative page complete your administrative task and save your settings or cancel the action you should be returned to the page you started from  ', 1787923659),
(22, 'en', 'node_search', ' slider2 slider2 cometadmin mon 7032023 1757  ', 0),
(22, 'ja', 'help_search', ' using contextual links goal use contextual links to access administrative tasks without navigating the administrative menu what are contextual links  contextual links give users with the use contextual links permission quick access to administrative tasks related to areas of nonadministrative pages for example if a page on your site displays a block the block would have a contextual link that would allow users with permission to configure the block if the block contains a menu or a view it would also have a contextual link for editing the menu links or the view clicking a contextual link takes you to the related administrative page directly without needing to navigate through the administrative menu system steps make sure that the core contextual links module is installed and that you have a role with the use contextual links permission optionally make sure that a toolbar module is installed either the core toolbar module or a contributed module replacement visit a nonadministrative page on your site such as the home page locate a block or another area on the page that you want to edit or configure make the contextual links button visible by hovering your mouse over that area in the page in most themes this button looks like a pencil and is placed in the upper right corner of the page area upper left for righttoleft languages and hovering will also temporarily outline the affected area alternatively click the contextual links toggle button on the right end of the toolbar left end for righttoleft languages which will make all contextual link buttons on the page visible until it is clicked again while the contextual links button for the area of interest is visible click the button to display the list of links for that area click a link in the list to visit the corresponding administrative page complete your administrative task and save your settings or cancel the action you should be returned to the page you started from  ', 1787923659),
(22, 'ko', 'help_search', ' using contextual links goal use contextual links to access administrative tasks without navigating the administrative menu what are contextual links  contextual links give users with the use contextual links permission quick access to administrative tasks related to areas of nonadministrative pages for example if a page on your site displays a block the block would have a contextual link that would allow users with permission to configure the block if the block contains a menu or a view it would also have a contextual link for editing the menu links or the view clicking a contextual link takes you to the related administrative page directly without needing to navigate through the administrative menu system steps make sure that the core contextual links module is installed and that you have a role with the use contextual links permission optionally make sure that a toolbar module is installed either the core toolbar module or a contributed module replacement visit a nonadministrative page on your site such as the home page locate a block or another area on the page that you want to edit or configure make the contextual links button visible by hovering your mouse over that area in the page in most themes this button looks like a pencil and is placed in the upper right corner of the page area upper left for righttoleft languages and hovering will also temporarily outline the affected area alternatively click the contextual links toggle button on the right end of the toolbar left end for righttoleft languages which will make all contextual link buttons on the page visible until it is clicked again while the contextual links button for the area of interest is visible click the button to display the list of links for that area click a link in the list to visit the corresponding administrative page complete your administrative task and save your settings or cancel the action you should be returned to the page you started from  ', 1787923659),
(23, 'en', 'help_search', ' connecting text editors to text formats goal configure a text format so that when a user is editing text and selects this text format a text editor installed on your site is shown configure the text editor such as choosing which buttons and functions are available see managing text filters and text formats for more about text formats what is a text editor  a text editor is software typically a javascript library that provides buttons and other command mechanisms to make editing html text easier some editors are called visual or wysiwyg what you see is what you get  editors these editors hide the details of html from the user and instead show formatted output on the screen the core text editor module provides a framework for deploying text editors on your site the core ckeditor 5 module provides ckeditor 5 which is a widelyused javascript text editor that creates clean and valid html the module also enforces the html tag restrictions in the associated text format various contributed modules provide other editors to install a new editor besides installing the module you may need to download the editor library from a thirdparty site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   content authoring   text formats and editors  the text editor column in the table shows the text editor that is currently connected to each text format if any follow the steps on managing text filters and text formats to add a new text format or configure an existing text format when you reach the step about text editors return to this topic select ckeditor 5 as the text editor  or another text editor that you have installed the rest of these steps assume you selected ckeditor 5  under toolbar configuration  drag buttons between available buttons and active toolbar  only buttons in active toolbar will be shown to the user focusing or hovering over a button will display a tooltip explaining what the button does drag buttons within active toolbar to the desired order and group buttons by dragging them between group identifiers drag a new group identifier to the toolbar to add additional groups if you add buttons that require configuration the ckeditor 5 plugin settings section will be visible and provide their respective configuration forms return to managing text filters and text formats to complete the text format configuration and be sure to save the text format  ', 1787923659),
(23, 'en', 'node_search', ' company profile company profile cometadmin mon 7032023 1805 we new comet trading company was established in 2004 and started operating with company registration number 29520042005 new comet trading agency co ltd new comet overseas employment agency license was obtained in 2023 and since then the company has started to carry out service activities new comet trading is part of the new comet trading group moreover the largest entity within it zeya new comet auto sale services co ltd have applied for vehicle import permits from the ministry of economy and commerce and have been working for more than 25 years in the business of buying importing and selling various types of business trucks tourism and transportation buses and machinery directly from japan we have been diligent in paying our taxes and have grown to employ 100 employees in addition brother companies such as new comet construction co ltd new zayya shwe pyi construction co ltd aung nay wun construction co ltd and other companies have also successfully won tenders from government ministries and have provided employment opportunities to more than 200 employees our company new comet trading agency company is currently providing welding training courses to become qualified skilled workers at the sinmalike shipyard for ethnic brothers from all over myanmar who want to work in korea s shipyards and connect them with job opportunities in addition we are connecting job opportunities for young people who want to work in countries such as dubai malaysia singapore thailand japan korea and etc we at new comet trading agency co ltd are responsible for assisting tobeemployees from the young generation of myanmar in learning about japan s developed advanced technologies and cultures while making sure they are able to express their personal abilities and traits in order to for our tobeemployees to pass the qualification tests jlpt jft nattest topj required to go to japan with a work visa and training visa we are opening language training schools and providing teaching support we new comet trading agency company is constantly striving to provide services that produce talented skilled workers from myanmar and send them to foreign countries  ', 0),
(23, 'ja', 'help_search', ' connecting text editors to text formats goal configure a text format so that when a user is editing text and selects this text format a text editor installed on your site is shown configure the text editor such as choosing which buttons and functions are available see managing text filters and text formats for more about text formats what is a text editor  a text editor is software typically a javascript library that provides buttons and other command mechanisms to make editing html text easier some editors are called visual or wysiwyg what you see is what you get  editors these editors hide the details of html from the user and instead show formatted output on the screen the core text editor module provides a framework for deploying text editors on your site the core ckeditor 5 module provides ckeditor 5 which is a widelyused javascript text editor that creates clean and valid html the module also enforces the html tag restrictions in the associated text format various contributed modules provide other editors to install a new editor besides installing the module you may need to download the editor library from a thirdparty site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   content authoring   text formats and editors  the text editor column in the table shows the text editor that is currently connected to each text format if any follow the steps on managing text filters and text formats to add a new text format or configure an existing text format when you reach the step about text editors return to this topic select ckeditor 5 as the text editor  or another text editor that you have installed the rest of these steps assume you selected ckeditor 5  under toolbar configuration  drag buttons between available buttons and active toolbar  only buttons in active toolbar will be shown to the user focusing or hovering over a button will display a tooltip explaining what the button does drag buttons within active toolbar to the desired order and group buttons by dragging them between group identifiers drag a new group identifier to the toolbar to add additional groups if you add buttons that require configuration the ckeditor 5 plugin settings section will be visible and provide their respective configuration forms return to managing text filters and text formats to complete the text format configuration and be sure to save the text format  ', 1787923659),
(23, 'ja', 'node_search', '  会社情 社情報   会社情 社情報 cometadmin mon 7032023 1807 当社は 2004 年に設 に設立 設立さ 立され 登録 id 29520042005 を取得 取得し 以来サ 来サー サービ ービス ビスの スの提 の提供 提供を 供を行 を行っ 行って ってき てきま きまし ました そして 2023 年に当 に当社 当社ニ 社ニュ ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ットト トトレ トレン レンデ ンディ ディン ィング ング海 グ海外 海外エ 外エー エージ ージェ ジェン ェンシ ンシー シーを ーを設 を設立 設立し 運営を 営を開 を開始 開始し 始しま しまし ました 当社は 社はニ はニュ ニュー コメッ メット トレー レーデ ーディ ディン ィング グルー ループ ープの プの一 の一部 一部で 部であ である その中 の中で 中で最 で最大 最大規 大規模 規模の 模のゼ のゼー ゼーヤ ーヤー ヤーニ ーニュ ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ット自 ト自動 自動車 動車売 車売買 サービ ービス ビス株 ス株式 株式会 式会社 会社は 社は自 は自動 自動車 動車の 車の輸 の輸入 輸入許 入許可 許可を 可を得 を得て 建設現 設現場 現場用 場用の 用のト のトラ トラッ ラック ックや 交通機 通機関 機関と 関とし として して使 て使わ 使われ われる れるバ るバス バスや スや様 々 な機械 機械を 械を日 を日本 日本か 本から から直 ら直接 直接輸 接輸入 輸入し 販売す 売する する事 る事業 事業を 25 年間続 間続け 続けて けてき てきま きまし ました 納税も 税もき もきち きちん ちんと んと行 と行い 100 人の従 の従業 従業員 業員を 員を雇 を雇用 雇用す 用する するま るまで までに でにな になり なりま りまし ました また グルー ループ ープの プの一 の一部 一部で 部であ である あるニ るニュ ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ット建 ト建築 建築株 築株式 株式会 式会社 ゼッヤ ッヤシ ヤシェ シェピ ェピー ピーテ ーティ ティー ィー建 ー建築 建築株 築株式 株式会 式会社 アウン ウンネ ンネー ネーウ ーウィ ウィン ィン建 ン建築 建築株 築株式 株式会 式会社 会社も 社も政 も政府 政府か 府から から許 ら許可 許可を 可を多 を多く 多く受 く受け 受け取 け取り 合わせ わせて 200 人以上 以上の 上の人 の人材 人材紹 材紹介 紹介に 介に成 に成功 成功し 功して してお ており おりま ります 現在 ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ットト トトレ トレン レンデ ンディ ディン ィング ング海 グ海外 海外エ 外エー エージ ージェ ジェン ェンシ ンシー シーで ーでは ミャン ャンマ ンマー マー全 ー全国 全国か 国から から来 ら来た 来た民 た民族 民族を 族を問 を問わ 問わず わずに ずに韓 に韓国 韓国の 国の造 の造船 造船所 船所で 所で働 で働き 働きた きたい たい人 い人た 人たち たちに ちに対 に対し 対して シンマ ンマラ マライ ライ湾 イ湾岸 湾岸で 岸で経 で経験 経験豊 験豊富 豊富な 富な指 な指導 指導者 導者た 者たち たちの ちの下 の下で 下で訓 で訓練 訓練を 練を受 を受け 受ける ける機 る機会 機会を 会を提 を提供 提供し 仕事の 事の紹 の紹介 紹介を 介を行 を行っ 行って ってい ていま います さらに ドバイ マレー レーシ ーシア シンガ ンガポ ガポー ポール タイ 日本 韓国な 国など への就 の就職 就職も 職もサ もサポ サポー ポート ートし トして してい ていま います ミャン ャンマ ンマー マーの ーの若 の若者 若者た 者たち たちが ちが自 が自分 自分ら 分らし らしさ しさを さを保 を保ち 保ちな ちなが ながら 自分に 分に合 に合っ 合った った仕 た仕事 仕事を 事を見 を見つ 見つけ 日本の 本の技 の技術 技術を 術を学 を学ぶ 学ぶこ ぶこと ことが とがで ができ できる きるよ るよう ように うに支 に支援 支援を 援を続 を続け 続けて けてい ていま います 日本語 本語能 語能力 能力試 力試験 jlpt jft nattest topj に合格 合格し 格した した学 た学生 学生に 生に対 に対し 対して しては ワーク ークビ クビザ ビザや ザや研 や研修 研修ビ 修ビザ ビザを ザを取 を取得 取得す 得する するた るため ための めの支 の支援 支援を 援を提 を提供 提供し 供して してい ていま います 我 々 ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ットト トトレ トレー レーデ ーディ ディン ィング ング海 グ海外 海外エ 外エー エージ ージェ ジェン ェンシ ンシー シーは 経験豊 験豊富 豊富で 富で能 で能力 能力の 力の高 の高い 高い研 い研修 研修生 修生を 生を育 を育成 育成し 海外の 外の仕 の仕事 仕事チ 事チャ チャン ャンス ンスを スを提 を提供 提供す 供する するこ ること ことに とに尽 に尽力 尽力し 力して して参 て参り 参りま ります  ', 0),
(23, 'ko', 'help_search', ' connecting text editors to text formats goal configure a text format so that when a user is editing text and selects this text format a text editor installed on your site is shown configure the text editor such as choosing which buttons and functions are available see managing text filters and text formats for more about text formats what is a text editor  a text editor is software typically a javascript library that provides buttons and other command mechanisms to make editing html text easier some editors are called visual or wysiwyg what you see is what you get  editors these editors hide the details of html from the user and instead show formatted output on the screen the core text editor module provides a framework for deploying text editors on your site the core ckeditor 5 module provides ckeditor 5 which is a widelyused javascript text editor that creates clean and valid html the module also enforces the html tag restrictions in the associated text format various contributed modules provide other editors to install a new editor besides installing the module you may need to download the editor library from a thirdparty site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   content authoring   text formats and editors  the text editor column in the table shows the text editor that is currently connected to each text format if any follow the steps on managing text filters and text formats to add a new text format or configure an existing text format when you reach the step about text editors return to this topic select ckeditor 5 as the text editor  or another text editor that you have installed the rest of these steps assume you selected ckeditor 5  under toolbar configuration  drag buttons between available buttons and active toolbar  only buttons in active toolbar will be shown to the user focusing or hovering over a button will display a tooltip explaining what the button does drag buttons within active toolbar to the desired order and group buttons by dragging them between group identifiers drag a new group identifier to the toolbar to add additional groups if you add buttons that require configuration the ckeditor 5 plugin settings section will be visible and provide their respective configuration forms return to managing text filters and text formats to complete the text format configuration and be sure to save the text format  ', 1787923659),
(23, 'ko', 'node_search', '  회사 설립   회사 설립 cometadmin mon 7032023 1807 저희 new comet trading 회사는 2004 년에 설립되 립되어 사업자 업자등 자등록 등록번 록번호 29520042005 로 영업을 시작하 작하였 하였습 였습니 습니다 뉴코멧 해외직 외직업 직업소 업소개 소개회 개회사 회사는 2023 년 외국인 국인고 인고용 고용업 면허를 취득하 득하여 서비스 활동을 시작하 작하였 하였습 였습니 습니다 저희 뉴코멧 해외직 외직업 직업소 업소개 소개회 개회사 new comet overseas employment agency 는자매 회사인 제야뉴 야뉴코 뉴코멧 자동차 판매 및 서비스 회사 뉴코멧 코멧회 멧회사 회사등 기업들 업들과 협력하 력하여 경제통 제통상 통상자 상자원 자원부 원부에 부에서 차량 수입허 입허가 허가를 신청했 청했고 각종 상용트 용트럭 관광 산업 및 운송에 사용되 용되는 다양한 유형의 버스 및 기계를 일본에 본에서 직접 구매 판매하 매하는 사업을 25 년 이상 종사해 왔고 나라를 위한 정한 세금들 금들을 냈습니 습니다 게다가 100 명 이상의 직원에 원에게 고용 기회를 제공했 공했습 했습니 습니다 또한 쌍둥이 회사인 뉴코멧 코멧건 멧건설 회사 제야슈 야슈웨 슈웨삐 웨삐띡 건설 회사 아웅네 웅네원 회사들 사들은 정부 부처로 처로부 로부터 입찰 tender 을 받고 건설 작업을 하는 동안 200 명 이상의 직원에 원에게 고용 기회를 제공했 공했습 했습니 습니다 저희 뉴코멧 해외 직업 소개회 개회사 는 한국 조선소 선소로 취업을 희망하 망하는 미얀마 각지에 지에서 온 소수민 수민족 형제들 제들을 교통통 통통신 통신부 산하의 씬마락 sinmalike 조선소 선소에 소에서 유능한 트레이 레이너 이너들 너들와 함께 실력있 력있는 용접공 접공이 되도록 수업을 제공하 공하고 있으며 관련 기업체 업체로 취업할 수 있게 도와주 와주고 있습니 습니다 또한 두바이 말레이 레이시 이시아 싱가포 가포르 태국 일본 그리고 한국 등과 같은 국가에 가에서 일하기 하기를 원하는 청년들 년들에 들에게 취업 기회를 갖을 수 있도록 서비스 비스를 제공하 공하고 있습니 습니다 new comet trading agency co ltd 는 미얀마 얀마의 젊은 치누들 누들이 일본의 개발한 첨단 기술을 배우고 꿈을 실현할 수 있도록 필요한 교육을 제공하 공하고 돕고 있습니 습니다 일본으 본으로 취업비 업비자 연수비 수비자 비자로 가기 위해 필요한 자격시 격시험 jlpt jft nattest topj 에 합격할 수 있도록 어학당 학당도 개설 및 교육을 지원하 원하고 있습니 습니다 저희는 뉴코멧 해외직 외직업 직업소 업소개 소개회 개회사 는 미얀마 얀마에 마에서 우수한 기능인 능인력 인력을 배출하 출하여 해외로 파견하 견하는 서비스 비스를 제공하 공하기 위해 끊임없 임없이 노력하 력하고 있습니 습니다  ', 0),
(24, 'en', 'help_search', ' adding a field to an entity subtype goal add a field to an entity subtype see managing content structure for an overview of entity types and subtypes as well as an overview of field types steps navigate to the page for managing the entity subtype you want to add the field to for example to add a field to a content type in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  find the particular subtype that you want to add the field to and click manage fields  click add field  in add a new field  select the type of field you want to add see managing content structure for an overview of field types the label field should now be visible enter a label for the field which is used as the field label for both content editing and content display click save and continue  on the next screen enter a value for allowed number of values  you can limit the field to one value per entity item a set number of values or set it to have unlimited values click save field settings  on the next screen optionally edit the settings for the field which vary depending on what field type you are creating for all fields you can edit the label   help text  text to be displayed below the field on the content editing page and required field  to make it so a value must be entered in order to save the content when editing you can also configure a default value for the field click save settings  you should be returned to the manage fields page with your new field in the list  ', 1787923659),
(24, 'en', 'node_search', ' our services our services cometadmin mon 7032023 1808 1 providing necessary training to all citizens of myanmar regardless of race and religion from various regions and states who want to work at the shipyards in korea with an e 73 visa as a welder technician level at the sinmalike shipyard under the ministry of transport and communications and connecting them with job opportunities 2 coopening and teaching korean japanese thailand and english basic language courses for work so that there are no difficulties in the workplace when traveling to foreign countries to work 3 providing passport application service for those who do not have a passport pj required to travel to foreign countries 4 for those who want to work in japan with a training visa tokutei ginou visa we are opening and teaching the necessary courses to get familiar with japan s traditional culture and customs and connect with employment opportunities 5 those who pass the japanese language test n3 n2 jlpt jft nattest top j and above who have a work visa we are connecting with related courses and services below translation services it businesses engineering related works civil mechanical ep ec auto cad etc nursing support activities those who want to work with a training visa we are also providing services to following businesses car repair and related works industrial works house building works food industries rice box factories shop operations hotel businesses garment industries construction works agricultural works water products fisheryrelated factories elderly care services businesses 6 for those who want to work in countries such as dubai malaysia singapore thailand japan korea and etc we provide services to facilitate employment opportunities if necessary we connect with many courses such as computer training and basic english courses 7 the above services are arranged and provided in accordance with the standards of ethical recruitment and fair labor practices established by the international recruitment integrity system iris new comet agency has opened hit language center to provide language requirement in the workplace from the hit language center korean language class that will teach business expressions needed in the koshipa skill test interview to give you an advantage in communication even if you have the same skills japanese language class for those who want to master the japanese language from the basics for those who want to go to japan with tokutei visa workonly training visa elderly care kaigo beginner it computer degree we are constantly connecting with training schools and providing training classes to make them full of talent for those who want to take japanese language courses in the other surrounded cities we are connecting with other joint language schools in bago mawlamyine and sagaing  ', 0),
(24, 'ja', 'help_search', ' adding a field to an entity subtype goal add a field to an entity subtype see managing content structure for an overview of entity types and subtypes as well as an overview of field types steps navigate to the page for managing the entity subtype you want to add the field to for example to add a field to a content type in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  find the particular subtype that you want to add the field to and click manage fields  click add field  in add a new field  select the type of field you want to add see managing content structure for an overview of field types the label field should now be visible enter a label for the field which is used as the field label for both content editing and content display click save and continue  on the next screen enter a value for allowed number of values  you can limit the field to one value per entity item a set number of values or set it to have unlimited values click save field settings  on the next screen optionally edit the settings for the field which vary depending on what field type you are creating for all fields you can edit the label   help text  text to be displayed below the field on the content editing page and required field  to make it so a value must be entered in order to save the content when editing you can also configure a default value for the field click save settings  you should be returned to the manage fields page with your new field in the list  ', 1787923659),
(24, 'ja', 'node_search', '  事業内 業内容   事業内 業内容 cometadmin mon 7032023 1808 1 ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ットト トトレ トレン レンデ ンディ ディン ィング ング海 グ海外 海外エ 外エー エージ ージェ ジェン ェンシ ンシー シーで ーでは では韓 は韓国 韓国の 国の造 の造船 造船所 船所で e 73 visa で働き 働きた きたい たいミ いミャ ミャン ャンマ ンマー マー全 ー全国 全国か ら民族 民族問 族問わ 問わず シンマ ンマラ マライ ライ湾 イ湾岸 湾岸で 岸で経 で経験 経験豊 験豊富 豊富な 富な先 な先生 先生達 生達の 達の元 の元で 元で練 で練習 練習を 習を重 を重ね 重ねた ねた研 た研修 研修を 修をし をして してい ていた いただ ただき 仕事紹 事紹介 紹介を 介をし をして してお り ます 2 海外に 外に勤 に勤め 勤める める際 る際使 際使え 使える えるそ るそれ それぞ れぞれ ぞれの れの国 の国の 国の言 の言語 言語が 語が勉 が勉強 勉強で 強でき できる きる学 る学校 学校も 校も開 も開い 開いて いてお ており おりま ります 現在日 在日本 日本語 本語学 語学校 韓国語 国語学 語学校 タイ語 イ語学 語学校 英語学 語学校 3 パスポ スポー ポート ート作 ト作成 作成サ 成サー サービ ービス 4 日本に 本に実 に実習 実習生 特定技 定技能 技能な 能など などで どで勤 で勤め 勤める める学 る学生 学生達 生達に 達には には言 は言語 言語だ 語だけ だけで けでな でなく なく日 く日本 日本の 本の習 の習慣 文化な 化など なども ども授 も授業 授業の 業の一 の一部 一部と 部とし として 取り込 り込ん 込んで んでお でおり おりま ります 5 日本語 本語能 語能力 能力試 力試験 jlpt jft nattest topj の n3 n2 以上の 上の合 の合格 合格者 格者達 者達に 達には にはワ はワー ワーク ークビ クビザ ビザで ザであ である 通訳 翻訳 it 事業 エンジ ンジニ ジニア ニアに アに関 に関す 関する する事 る事業 civil mechanical ep ec auto card など 介護関 護関係 実習生 習生ビ 生ビザ ビザな ザなど などに どに興 に興味 興味を 味を持 を持た 持たれ たれた れた学 た学生 学生達 生達に 達には には下 は下記 の仕事 仕事の 事の紹 の紹介 紹介を 介を行 を行っ 行って ってお ており おりま ります 車修理 修理関 理関係 工業関 業関係 建築業 築業関 業関係 食品関 品関係 レスト ストラ トラン ホテル テル関 ル関係 衣類関 類関係 農業関 業関係 漁業関 業関係 関係の 係の工 の工場 介護関 護関係 training visa 6 ドバイ マレー レーシ ーシア シンガ ンガポ ガポー ポール タイ 日本 韓国な 国など などで どで働 で働き 働きた きたい たい学 い学生 学生達 生達の 達のた のため ために めにも にも英 も英語 英語な 語など など必 ど必要 必要な 要な場 な場合 場合に 合に応 に応じ 応じて パソコ ソコン コント ントレ トレー レーニ ーニン ニング ングで グでで ででき できな きない ない事 い事が 事がな がない ないよ いよう ように うに時 に時間 時間を 間をか をかけ かけて 良いネ いネッ ネット ットワ トワー ワーク ークで クで仕 で仕事 仕事の 事のチ のチャ チャン ャンス ンスを スを掴 を掴む 掴むサ むサビ サビー ビース ースを スをし をして してお ており おりま ります 7 上記の 記のサ のサー サービ ービス ビスを international recruitment integrity system iris が定め 定めた ethical recruitment and fair labour practices に合っ 合った った基 た基準 基準で 準で管 で管理 管理し 理して してお ており おりま ります ニュー ューコ ーコメ コメッ メット ットト トトレ トレン レンデ ンディ ディン ィング ング海 グ海外 海外エ 外エー エージ ージェ ジェン ェンシ ンシー シーは 職場で 場での での言 の言語 言語要 語要件 要件を 件を提 を提供 提供す 供する するた るため ために hit language center を開設 開設し 設しま しまし ました hit language center からの らのお のお知 お知ら 知らせ koshipa skill test interview で必要 必要と 要とさ とされ される れるビ るビジ ビジネ ジネス ネス表 ス表現 表現を 現を教 を教え 教える える韓 る韓国 韓国語 国語ク 語クラ クラス 同じス じスキ スキル キルを ルを持 を持っ 持って ってい ていて いても てもコ もコミ コミュ ミュニ ュニケ ニケー ケーシ ーショ ション ョンで ンで優 で優位 優位に 位に立 に立つ 立つた つため ための めの授 の授業 授業で 業です 基礎 基礎か 礎から から日 ら日本 日本語 本語を 語をマ をマス マスタ スター ターし ーした したい たい方 い方の 方のた のため ための めの日 の日本 日本語 本語ク 語クラ クラス 特定 特定ビ 定ビザ ビザで ザで日 で日本 日本に 本に行 に行き 行きた きたい たい方 々 には 働き専 き専用 トレー レーニ ーニン ニング ングビ グビザ 介護 介護ビ 護ビザ 初心者 it コンピ ンピュ ピュー ュータ ーター ター学 ー学校 学校卒 校卒業 卒業生 業生な 生など などに どに関 に関連 関連す 連する するト るトレ トレー レーニ ーニン ニング ング校 グ校と 校との とのつ のつな つなが ながり がりを りを継 を継続 継続的 続的に 的に提 に提供 提供し トレー レーニ ーニン ニング ングク グクラ クラス ラスを スを提 を提供 提供し 供して してい ていま います 他の 他の周 の周辺 周辺都 辺都市 都市で 市で日 で日本 日本語 本語の 語の授 の授業 授業を 業を受 を受け 受けた けたい たい方 々 には バゴ モーラ ーラミ ラミャ ミャイ ャイン サガイ ガイン インと ンとい といっ いった った他 た他の 他の共 の共同 共同語 同語学 語学学 学学校 学校と 校との との連 の連携 連携も 携も行 も行っ 行って ってお ており おりま ります  ', 0),
(24, 'ko', 'help_search', ' adding a field to an entity subtype goal add a field to an entity subtype see managing content structure for an overview of entity types and subtypes as well as an overview of field types steps navigate to the page for managing the entity subtype you want to add the field to for example to add a field to a content type in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  find the particular subtype that you want to add the field to and click manage fields  click add field  in add a new field  select the type of field you want to add see managing content structure for an overview of field types the label field should now be visible enter a label for the field which is used as the field label for both content editing and content display click save and continue  on the next screen enter a value for allowed number of values  you can limit the field to one value per entity item a set number of values or set it to have unlimited values click save field settings  on the next screen optionally edit the settings for the field which vary depending on what field type you are creating for all fields you can edit the label   help text  text to be displayed below the field on the content editing page and required field  to make it so a value must be entered in order to save the content when editing you can also configure a default value for the field click save settings  you should be returned to the manage fields page with your new field in the list  ', 1787923659),
(24, 'ko', 'node_search', '  회사 서비스   회사 서비스 cometadmin tue 7042023 735 1 한국 조선소 선소에 소에서 e73 비자 용접공 로 일하고 싶은 미얀마 여러 지역에 역에서 온 모든 노동자 동자들 자들을 인종과 종교의 차별 없이 교통통 통통신 통신부 산하 씬마락 sinmalike 조선소 선소에 소에서 필요한 교육을 시키고 취업 기회를 제공함 공함해 함해외 방문에 필요한 여권 pj 없는 분을 위한 여권 신청 서비스 제공 2 외국에 국에서 일할 때 직장에 장에서 어려움 려움을 겪지 않도록 직장에 사용하 용하는 기본 한국어 일본어 태국어 영어 등 교육시 육시킴 3 해외 방문에 필요한 여권 pj 없는 분을 위한 여권 신청 서비스 제공 4 일본으 본으로 연수비 수비자 도쿠테 쿠테이 기노 tokutei ginou 비자로 취업을 희망하 망하는 분들 위해 일본의 전통문 통문화 문화와 풍속을 익히도 히도록 필요한 코스를 개설 교육 시키고 취직을 연결 5 일본어 시험 n3 n2 jlpt jft nattest top j 이상에 합격하 격하는 분들이 work visa 인 번역 직업 it 직업 엔지니 지니어 니어링 관련 직업 civil mechanical ep ec auto cad 등 간호지 호지원 직업으 업으로 일본으 본으로 가고 싶다면 해당 학당으 당으로 연결 new comet trading agency 는 다음 사업체 업체를 훈련 비자 training visa 로 가고 싶은 젊은 형제 자매를 위해 서비스 비스를 주선하 선하고 있습니 습니다 자동차 수리 및 관련 직업 산업 직업 집 짓기 직업 식품 산업 쌀 상자 공장 매장 운영 호텔 비즈니 즈니스 의류 산업 건설 직업 농업 직업 물 제품 어업 관련 공장 노인 돌봄 서비스 사업 6 두바이 말레이 레이시 이시아 싱가포 가포르 태국 일본 한국 등과 같은 국가에 가에서 일하기 하기를 원하는 사람들 람들을 위해 기본 영어 과정과 필요하 요하는 경우에 컴퓨터 교육과 같은 많은 과정들 정들과 연결하 결하고 취업 기회를 제공하 공하는 서비스 비스를 하고 있습니 습니다 7 상기 서비스 비스들 스들을 iris international recruitment integrity system 에서 제정한 윤리적 채용 및 공정한 노동 관행의 기준에 따라 마련하 련하고 제공합 공합니 합니다 new comet agency 는 hit language center 를 개설하 설하여 직장에 장에서 필요한 언어교 어교육 교육을 제공합 공합니 합니다 hit 교육 센터에 터에서 에서는 koshipa 기량검 량검증 면접 시 도움되 움되는 한국어 표현을 효율적 율적으 적으로 가르칩 르칩니 칩니다 일본어 본어를 기초부 초부터 마스터 스터하 터하고 싶은 분을 위한 일본어 수업을 제공합 공합니 합니다 tokutei visa workonly training visa elderly care kaigo beginner it computer degree 로 일본에 가고자 하는 분들을 위한 교육센 육센터 센터와 연계하 계하여 필요한 기술을 습득하 득하도 하도록 합다 일본어 코스를 수강하 강하려 하려는 타지역 사람들 람들을 위해 bago mawlamyine 및 sagaing 의 교육 기관과 연계하 계하고 있습니 습니다  ', 0),
(25, 'en', 'help_search', ' configuring field display for an entity subtype goal configure the formatters used to display the fields of an entity subtype their order in the display and the formatter settings see managing content structure for background information steps navigate to the page for managing the entity type you want to add the field to for example to add a field to a content type in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  find the particular subtype that you want to configure the display of and click manage display in the operations list use the drag arrows to order the fields in your preferred order drag any fields that you do not wish to see in the display to the disabled section in the label column select the position for each field label in the display or  hidden  to hide a label you can also choose  visually hidden if you want the label s text to appear in the html page so that screen readers and search engines can read it but it will not be visible in the format column select the formatter for displaying each field after selecting the desired formatters click the settings gear in each row to change the settings for the formatter when you are done making changes click save  test the display for your entity subtype by viewing an entity if needed return to these steps to further refine the display  ', 1787923659),
(25, 'en', 'node_search', ' vision mission vision mission cometadmin mon 7032023 1809 our vision  the aim is to train the best local human resources and develop overseas employment opportunities as an international quality company  our mission  to create lasting relationships with our clients and candidates based on honesty integrity trust and mutual respect to be the leading partner that clients and candidates always choose to connect with  ', 0),
(25, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configuring field display for an entity subtype goal configure the formatters used to display the fields of an entity subtype their order in the display and the formatter settings see managing content structure for background information steps navigate to the page for managing the entity type you want to add the field to for example to add a field to a content type in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  find the particular subtype that you want to configure the display of and click manage display in the operations list use the drag arrows to order the fields in your preferred order drag any fields that you do not wish to see in the display to the disabled section in the label column select the position for each field label in the display or  hidden  to hide a label you can also choose  visually hidden if you want the label s text to appear in the html page so that screen readers and search engines can read it but it will not be visible in the format column select the formatter for displaying each field after selecting the desired formatters click the settings gear in each row to change the settings for the formatter when you are done making changes click save  test the display for your entity subtype by viewing an entity if needed return to these steps to further refine the display  ', 1787923659),
(25, 'ja', 'node_search', '  目標 ミッシ ッショ ション   目標 ミッシ ッショ ション cometadmin mon 7032023 1810  目標   能力の 力の高 の高い 高い生 い生徒 生徒達 徒達を 達を生 を生み 生み出 み出し 国際ス 際スタ スタン タンダ ンダー ダード ードに ドに負 に負け 負けな けない ない会 い会社 会社を 社を運 を運営 運営し 営して して参 て参り 参りま ります   ミッシ ッショ ション   正直さ 誠実さ 信頼 相互尊 互尊重 尊重を 重を基 を基本 基本に クライ ライア イアン アント ントや トや候 や候補 候補者 補者と 者と永 と永続 永続的 続的な 的な関 な関係 関係を 係を築 を築く 築くこ くこと クライ ライア イアン アント ントと トと候 と候補 候補者 補者か 者から から常 ら常に 常に選 に選ば 選ばれ ばれる れるリ るリー リーデ ーディ ディン ィング ング グ パ パー パート ートナ トナー ナーと ーとな となる なるこ ること  ', 0),
(25, 'ko', 'node_search', '  우리의 비젼 우리의 미션   우리의 비젼 우리의 미션 cometadmin mon 7032023 1810  우리의     비젼   목표는 최고의 인재를 양성하 성하고 국제 푶준 회사로 사로서 해외 취업 기회를 발굴하 굴하는 것입니 입니다   우리의     미션   대행사 행사와 고객 간의 상호 존중 정직 신뢰로 오래 지속되 속되는 관계를 구축하 축하기   다른 대행사 행사에 비하면 고객들 객들이 선호하 호하는 선두 에이전 이전시 되기 위해  ', 0),
(26, 'en', 'help_search', ' configuring the edit form for an entity subtype goal configure the widgets used to edit the fields of an entity subtype their order on the form and the widget settings see managing content structure for background information steps navigate to the page for managing the entity type you want to add the field to for example to add a field to a content type in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  find the particular subtype that you want to configure the editing form for and click manage form display in the operations list use the drag arrows to order the fields in your preferred order drag any fields that you do not wish to see on the editing form to the disabled section in the widget column select the widget for editing each field after selecting the desired widgets click the settings gear in each row to change the settings for the widget when you are done making changes click save  test the editing form for your entity subtype by editing or creating an entity if needed return to these steps to further refine the form  ', 1787923659),
(26, 'en', 'node_search', ' future goal future goal cometadmin mon 7032023 1811 our company is established with the aim of creating a company that meets the international standards providing training and employment opportunities to the future youth who want to work abroad according to the current conditions and needs of myanmar in order to ensure that there is no harm between employers and employees we are trying to select and produce workers in accordance with the standards of the international recruitment integrity system iris established by the international organization for migration iom  ', 0),
(26, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configuring the edit form for an entity subtype goal configure the widgets used to edit the fields of an entity subtype their order on the form and the widget settings see managing content structure for background information steps navigate to the page for managing the entity type you want to add the field to for example to add a field to a content type in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  find the particular subtype that you want to configure the editing form for and click manage form display in the operations list use the drag arrows to order the fields in your preferred order drag any fields that you do not wish to see on the editing form to the disabled section in the widget column select the widget for editing each field after selecting the desired widgets click the settings gear in each row to change the settings for the widget when you are done making changes click save  test the editing form for your entity subtype by editing or creating an entity if needed return to these steps to further refine the form  ', 1787923659),
(26, 'ja', 'node_search', '  会社の 社の目 の目標   会社の 社の目 の目標 cometadmin mon 7032023 1811 我 々 はミャ ミャン ャンマ ンマー マーの ーの現 の現状 現状を 状を見 を見抜 見抜き 海外で 外で働 で働き 働きた きたい たい生 い生徒 生徒達 徒達の 達の訓 の訓練 能力の 力の高 の高い 高い生 い生徒 生徒達 徒達を 達を生 を生み 生み出 み出し 国際ス 際スタ スタン タンダ ンダー ダード ードに ドに負 に負け 負けな けない ない会 い会社 会社に 社にな になる なるこ ること ことに とに目 に目指 目指し 指して してお ており おりま ります 会社と 社と労 と労働 労働者 働者の 者の間 の間に 間に損 に損失 損失が 失がな がない ないよ いよう ように international organization for migration iom が定め 定めた international recruitment integrity system iris に合っ 合った った基 た基準 基準で 準で管 で管理 管理し 理して してお ており おりま ります  ', 0),
(26, 'ko', 'help_search', ' configuring the edit form for an entity subtype goal configure the widgets used to edit the fields of an entity subtype their order on the form and the widget settings see managing content structure for background information steps navigate to the page for managing the entity type you want to add the field to for example to add a field to a content type in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  find the particular subtype that you want to configure the editing form for and click manage form display in the operations list use the drag arrows to order the fields in your preferred order drag any fields that you do not wish to see on the editing form to the disabled section in the widget column select the widget for editing each field after selecting the desired widgets click the settings gear in each row to change the settings for the widget when you are done making changes click save  test the editing form for your entity subtype by editing or creating an entity if needed return to these steps to further refine the form  ', 1787923659),
(26, 'ko', 'node_search', '  회사의 미래 비전   회사의 미래 비전 cometadmin mon 7032023 1812 우리 회사는 현재 미얀마 얀마의 상황과 필요에 따라 외국에 국에서 일하고 싶은 청년들 년들에 들에게 훈련과 해외취 외취업 기회 제공을 목표로 설립되 립되었 되었습 었습니 습니다 고용주 용주와 근로자 사이에 피해가 없도록 국제이 제이주 이주기 주기구 iom 에서 제정한 국제채 제채용 채용청 용청렴 청렴제 렴제도 iris 기준에 따라 근로자 로자를 선발하 발하고 생산하 산하도 하도록 노력하 력하고 있습니 습니다  ', 0),
(27, 'en', 'help_search', ' adding a reference field to an entity subtype goal add an entity reference field to an entity subtype see managing content structure for more information on entities and reference fields steps navigate to the page for managing the entity subtype you want to add the field to for example to add a field to a content type in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  find the particular subtype that you want to add the field to and click manage fields  click add field  in add a new field  select the type of reference field you want to add the reference section of the select list shows the most common types of reference field choose other  if the entity type you want to reference is not listed the label field should now be visible enter a label for the field which is used as the field label for both content editing and content display click save and continue  on the next screen verify that the type of entity you want to reference is shown in type of item to reference  or select it if not enter a value for allowed number of values  you can limit the field to one value per entity item a set number of values or set it to have unlimited values click save field settings  on the next screen optionally edit the settings for label   help text  text to be displayed below the field on the content editing page and required field  to make it so a value must be entered in order to save the content when editing in the reference type section you will usually want to limit the entity subtypes that can be referenced for example if you are creating a content reference you can check one or two content type choices the choices will be easier for content editors to scan if you also choose a sort value normally the entity title or label field click save settings  you should be returned to the manage fields page with your new field in the list  ', 1787923659),
(27, 'en', 'node_search', ' company history company history cometadmin mon 7032023 1812 new comet group of co ltd was founded in 1996 and started operation with branches companies as follow new comet construction coltd new zayya shwe pyi construction co ltd aung nay wun construction co ltd zeya new comet auto sale services co ltd new comet trading agency co ltd  new comet construction coltd new comet construction coltd was founded in 2004 with company licence 295 20042005 and started operation construction projects import and sale of construction and industrial machinery and vehicles based in yangon mandalay ayawaddy nay pyi taw sagaing states etc some of the construction works completed by us in the financial year 20132014 and 20142015 by our new comet construction co ltd are nationalities youth resource development degree college sagaing sagaing university two storyed classroom a joint venture housing project between road transport administration department and new comet construction coltd in addition to the above projects departmental and private building construction and repair works construction of affordable housing for exemployees in cities in irrawaddy region architectural design modeling construction of buildings and roads and bridges continues to be carried out according to standards with veteran consultants professional engineers management office staff project supervisors from the region and other regions skilled workers and modern equipment our company has been doing charity work for as long as it is capable of designing and calculating the strength of related religious buildings hospitals and schools 2 new zayya shwe pyi construction co ltd  new zayya shwe pyi construction co ltd was founded in may 30 th 2001 with company registration number 191 20012002 we standed as one of the trustful companies and completed projects in educational health care industrial buildings private housing high rise condominium in both public and private sectors throughout our existence we had been praised by our clients for our attention to detail and our ability to provide knowledge driven and cost saving solutions for the complex construction projects we built projects in areas such as education health care industrial housing our services are pre constructionservice general contractor design builder construction manager 3 aung nay wun construction co ltd aung nay wun construction co ltd was founded in 2005 with company registration number 265 20052006 emphasizing in residential commercial construction and interior design in private and government sectors some of the projects we have constructed are as follow naypyitaw staff housing project yandanar pone college in mandalay fire station in myawaddy division basic education middle high schools in various towns 32 in total fairpriced housing projects private housing projects in health industry two storied building technical school at bokalay two storied rcc building maupin 4 zeya new comet auto sale services co ltd our auto trade company was built from 1987 by buying permit of crew permit and importation and brother company new comet company ltd at 1990 established and private car saloon car truck car bus car and sparepart importation from japan besides zeya new comet company we cooperate with other new zayya shwepyi company aung nay win company tai myint aung company made importation of private car truck bus and sparepart from japan for 25 years with the employment of 100 workers and purchase of import permit from ministry of commerce our zeya new comet auto services company appointed expert staff and import japan car for smooth operation for customer satisfaction  ', 0),
(27, 'ja', 'help_search', ' adding a reference field to an entity subtype goal add an entity reference field to an entity subtype see managing content structure for more information on entities and reference fields steps navigate to the page for managing the entity subtype you want to add the field to for example to add a field to a content type in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  find the particular subtype that you want to add the field to and click manage fields  click add field  in add a new field  select the type of reference field you want to add the reference section of the select list shows the most common types of reference field choose other  if the entity type you want to reference is not listed the label field should now be visible enter a label for the field which is used as the field label for both content editing and content display click save and continue  on the next screen verify that the type of entity you want to reference is shown in type of item to reference  or select it if not enter a value for allowed number of values  you can limit the field to one value per entity item a set number of values or set it to have unlimited values click save field settings  on the next screen optionally edit the settings for label   help text  text to be displayed below the field on the content editing page and required field  to make it so a value must be entered in order to save the content when editing in the reference type section you will usually want to limit the entity subtypes that can be referenced for example if you are creating a content reference you can check one or two content type choices the choices will be easier for content editors to scan if you also choose a sort value normally the entity title or label field click save settings  you should be returned to the manage fields page with your new field in the list  ', 1787923659);
INSERT INTO `search_dataset` (`sid`, `langcode`, `type`, `data`, `reindex`) VALUES
(27, 'ja', 'node_search', '  会社沿 社沿革   会社沿 社沿革 cometadmin mon 7032023 1813 ニュー コメッ メット グルー ループ ープ企 プ企業 は 1996 年に設 に設立 設立さ 立され 以下の 下の支 の支店 支店で 店で組 で組織 組織さ 織され されて れてい ていま います 1 ニュー コメッ メット コンス ンスト ストラ トラク ラクシ クショ ション ョン株 ン株式 株式会 式会社 2 ニュー ゼヤー シュエ ピィー ィーコ ーコン コンス ンスト ストラ トラク ラクシ クショ ション ョン株 ン株式 株式会 式会社 3 アウン ネイ ワォン ォンコ ンコン コンス ンスト ストラ トラク ラクシ クショ ション ョン株 ン株式 株式会 式会社 4 ゼヤー ニュー コメッ メット オート ートセ トセー セール ールス ルスと スとサ とサー サービ ービス ビス株 ス株式 株式会 式会社 5 ニュー コメッ メット トレー レーデ ーディ ディン ィング エージ ージェ ジェン ェンシ ンシー 株式会 式会社  1 ニュー コメッ メット コンス ンスト ストラ トラク ラクシ クショ ション ョン株 ン株式 株式会 式会社   当社の ニュー コメッ メット コンス ンスト ストラ トラク ラクシ クショ ション ョン株 ン株式 株式会 式会社 は 2004 年に会 に会社 会社登 社登録 登録番 録番号 29520042005 で事業 事業を 業を開 を開始 開始し ヤンゴ ンゴン ゴン地 ン地方 地方域 エーヤ ーヤー ヤーワ ーワデ ワディ ディ地 ィ地方 地方域 ザガイ ガイン イン地 ン地方 地方域 マンダ ンダレ ダレー レー地 ー地方 地方域 とネピ ネピド ピドー ドー連 ー連合 連合領 合領土 領土を 土を拠 を拠点 拠点に 点に自 に自動 自動車 動車販 車販売 販売と 売と建 と建設 建設機 設機械 機械の 械の輸 の輸入 建設業 設業を 業を営 を営ん 営んで んでお でおり おりま ります 当社 ニュー コメッ メット コンス ンスト ストラ トラク ラクシ クショ ション ョン株 ン株式 株式会 式会社 の 20132014 年と 20142015 年の竣 の竣工 竣工工 工工事 工事の 事の一 の一部 一部は 部は以 は以下 以下の 下の通 の通り 通りで りです 国籍青 籍青少 青少年 少年資 年資源 資源開 源開発 開発大 発大学 ザガイ ガイン ザガイ ガイン イン大 ン大学 教育と 育と学 と学習 学習の 習のた のため ための 2 階建て 建ての ての建 の建物 道路交 路交通 交通総 通総局 総局と チェタ ェタゴ タゴン ゴンテ ンティ ティッ ィッ建 ッ建設 建設会 設会社 の住宅 住宅プ 宅プロ プロジ ロジェ ジェク ェクト クト協 ト協力 上記の 記の活 の活動 活動に 動に加 に加え 加えて 政府機 府機関 機関お 関およ および よび民 び民間 民間の 間の建 の建物 建物の 物の修 の修繕 修繕工 繕工事 エーヤ ーヤー ヤーワ ーワデ ワディ ディ地 ィ地方 地方域 方域で 域で元 で元従 元従業 従業員 業員向 員向け 向けに けに手 に手頃 手頃な 頃な価 な価格 価格の 格の住 の住宅 住宅を 宅を建 を建設 建築設 築設計 設計図 当社は 専門コ 門コン コンサ ンサル サルタ ルタン タント 専門作 門作業 作業員 管理責 理責任 責任者 工事監 事監督 監督者 その 他国内 国内外 内外の 外の労 の労働 労働者 働者と 者とと ととも ともに 基準に 準に沿 に沿っ 沿って って最 て最新 最新化 新化さ 化され された れた資 た資機 資機材 機材に 材によ により 建物 道路 橋梁の 梁の建 の建設 建設工 設工事 工事を 事を行 を行っ 行って ってお ており おりま ります 当社は 社は理 は理念 理念建 念建築 病院 学校の 校の設 の設計 設計図 計図作 図作成 強度計 度計算 計算な 算など などの どの慈 の慈善 慈善事 善事業 事業を 業を可 を可能 な限り 限り手 り手掛 手掛け 掛けさ けさせ させて せてい ていた いただ ただき だきま きまし ました  2 ニュー ゼヤー ヤーシ ーシュ シュエ ピィー ィーコ ーコン コンス ンスト ストラ トラク ラクシ クショ ション ョン株 ン株式 株式会 式会社   当社の ニュー ゼヤー シュエ ピィー ィーコ ーコン コンス ンスト ストラ トラク ラクシ クショ ション ョン株 ン株式 株式会 式会社 は 2000 年 5 月 30 日に設 に設立 設立さ 立され 会社登 社登録 登録番 録番号 番号は 19120012002 です 当社は 社は信 は信頼 信頼で 頼でき できる きる企 る企業 企業の 業の一 の一つ 一つで つであ であり 教育 医療 産業建 業建築 個人住 人住宅 住宅を 宅を提 を提供 提供し 供して してお ており 政府お 府およ および よび民 び民間 民間部 間部門 部門の 門の両 の両方 両方で 方で多 で多く 多くの くのプ のプロ プロジ ロジェ ジェク ェクト クトが トが実 が実施 実施さ 施され されて れてい ていま います 会社の 社の存 の存続 存続期 続期間 期間を 間を通 を通じ 通じて 複雑な 雑な建 な建設 建設プ 設プロ プロジ ロジェ ジェク ェクト クトに トにお におけ おける ける当 る当社 当社の 社の細 の細部 細部へ 部への へのこ のこだ こだわ だわり わりと りと専 と専門 専門知 門知識 当社は 社はコ はコス コスト スト削 ト削減 削減ソ 減ソリ ソリュ リュー ューシ ーショ ション ョンを ンを提 を提供 提供す 供する する能 る能力 能力で 力でク でクラ クライ ライア イアン アント ントか トから から多 ら多く 多くの くの賞 の賞賛 賞賛を 賛を受 を受け 受けて けてい ていま います 教育 医療 工業用 業用住 用住宅 住宅な 宅など 多くの くのプ のプロ プロジ ロジェ ジェク ェクト クトを トを建 を建設 建設し 設して してき てきま きまし ました 私たち たちは 建設前 設前サ 前サー サービ ービス 土建屋 デザイ ザイン インビ ンビル ビルダ ルダー 建設部 設部長 部長を 長を提 を提供 提供さ 供させ させて せてい ていた いただ ただき だきま きまし ました  3 アウン ネイ ワォン ォンコ ンコン コンス ンスト ストラ トラク ラクシ クショ ション ョン株 ン株式 株式会 式会社   当社の アウン ネイ ワォン ォンコ ンコン コンス ンスト ストラ トラク ラクシ クショ ション ョン株 ン株式 株式会 式会社 は 2005 年に設 に設立 設立さ 立され 会社登 社登録 登録番 録番号 番号は 26520052006 です 同社は 民間お 間およ および よび政 び政府 政府部 府部門 部門で 門で住 で住宅 住宅建 宅建築 商業建 業建築 インテ ンテリ テリア リアデ アデザ デザイ ザイン インの ンのプ のプロ プロジ ロジェ ジェク ェクト クトに トに従 に従事 従事し 事して してい ていま います 私たち たちの ちのプ のプロ プロジ ロジェ ジェク ェクト クトは トは以 は以下 以下の 下の通 の通り 通りで りです ネピド ピドー ドー職 ー職員 職員住 員住宅 住宅プ 宅プロ プロジ ロジェ ジェク ェクト マンダ ンダレ ダレー ヤダナ ダナポ ナポン ポン大 ン大学 ミャワ ャワデ ワディ ディ地 ィ地域 地域消 域消防 消防署 さまざ まざま ざまな まな郡 な郡区 郡区の 区の基 の基礎 基礎教 礎教育 教育中 高等学 等学校 計 32 都市 手頃な 頃な価 な価格 価格の 格の住 の住宅 住宅プ 宅プロ プロジ ロジェ ジェク ェクト 民間住 間住宅 2 階建て 建ての ての建 の建物 ボガレ ガレ工 レ工科 工科大 科大学 rcc 2 階建て 建ての ての建 の建物 マウビ ウビン  4 ゼヤー ニュー コメッ メット オート ートセ トセー セール ールス ルスと スとサ とサー サービ ービス ビス株 ス株式 株式会 式会社   当社の 社の自 の自動 自動車 動車商 車商社 商社は 1987 年に外 に外国 外国人 国人船 人船員 船員の 員の名 の名義 名義で 義で輸 で輸入 輸入許 入許可 許可証 可証の 証の売 の売買 売買を 買を行 を行う 行う個 う個人 個人事 人事業 事業と 業とし として して設 て設立 設立さ 立され されま れまし ました ニュー コメッ メット 株式会 式会社 会社は 1990 年に設 に設立 設立さ 立され ゼヤー ニュー コメッ メット オート ートセ トセー セール ールス ルスと スとサ とサー サービ ービス ビス株 ス株式 株式会 式会社 の子会 子会社 会社で 社です 家庭用 庭用自 用自動 自動車 各種サ 種サル サルー ルーン ーン自 ン自動 自動車 各種商 種商用 商用ト 用トラ トラッ ラック 観光 光 輸 輸送 輸送用 送用各 用各種 各種バ 種バス 各種機 種機械 を日本 日本よ 本より より直 り直接 直接仕 接仕入 仕入れ 輸入販 入販売 販売を 売を開 を開始 開始い 始いた いたし たしま しまし ました 当社 ゼヤー ニュー コメッ メット オート ートセ トセー セール ールス ルスと スとサ とサー サービ ービス ビス株 ス株式 株式会 式会社 には 業務を 務を促 を促進 促進す 進する する資 る資格 資格の 格のあ のある ある従 る従業 従業員 業員が 員がい がいま います お客様 客様に 様に十 に十分 十分に 分にご にご満 ご満足 満足い 足いた いただ ただけ だける けるよ るよう 良い車 い車を 車を日 を日本 日本か 本から から直 ら直輸 直輸入 輸入し 入して してお ており おりま ります  ', 0),
(27, 'ko', 'help_search', ' adding a reference field to an entity subtype goal add an entity reference field to an entity subtype see managing content structure for more information on entities and reference fields steps navigate to the page for managing the entity subtype you want to add the field to for example to add a field to a content type in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  find the particular subtype that you want to add the field to and click manage fields  click add field  in add a new field  select the type of reference field you want to add the reference section of the select list shows the most common types of reference field choose other  if the entity type you want to reference is not listed the label field should now be visible enter a label for the field which is used as the field label for both content editing and content display click save and continue  on the next screen verify that the type of entity you want to reference is shown in type of item to reference  or select it if not enter a value for allowed number of values  you can limit the field to one value per entity item a set number of values or set it to have unlimited values click save field settings  on the next screen optionally edit the settings for label   help text  text to be displayed below the field on the content editing page and required field  to make it so a value must be entered in order to save the content when editing in the reference type section you will usually want to limit the entity subtypes that can be referenced for example if you are creating a content reference you can check one or two content type choices the choices will be easier for content editors to scan if you also choose a sort value normally the entity title or label field click save settings  you should be returned to the manage fields page with your new field in the list  ', 1787923659),
(27, 'ko', 'node_search', ' company history company history cometadmin mon 7032023 1813 coming soon  ', 0),
(28, 'en', 'help_search', ' managing text filters and text formats goal configure text formats on the site what are text filters and text formats  a text filter is a processing step that can be applied to text either to transform it in some way such as converting urls in the text into html links or to defend against potentiallydangerous input from site users a text format is an ordered sequence of text filters text filters are provided by modules text formats are managed by the core filter module text fields that have formatted in the field type name such as text formatted   use text formats users choose the text format when editing the field text when the field text is shown on the site it is processed by the chosen text format administrators can configure text formats and assign permissions for who can use each format if the core text editor module is enabled administrators can also associate visual editors with text formats what text filters are available  some of the more commonly used text filters are limit allowed html tags and correct faulty html limits which html tags can be used useful both for site security and enforcing site design convert line breaks into html line breaks in html source are displayed as horizontal spaces this filter converts line breaks into html paragraph and line break tags convert urls into links takes plain urls in text and turns them into html links restrict images to this site for text formats that allow html image tags restricts images to urls within this site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   content authoring   text formats and editors  if you do not have the core text editor module installed the menu link and page title will instead be text formats  click configure to configure an existing text format or  add text format to create a new text format enter the desired name for the text format check the roles that can use this text format some html tags allow users to embed malicious links or scripts in text to ensure security anonymous and untrusted users should only have access to text formats that restrict them to either plain text or a safe set of html tags improper text format configuration is a security risk if the core text editor module is installed see the related topic to connect a text editor to this text format under enabled filters  check the text filters that you want to use under filter processing order  drag the filters to the correct order choose the order carefully for example if you have a filter that results in a particular html tag being added to the text that should run after a filter that restricts html tags to avoid deleting the new tags the first filter added under filter settings  verify and adjust the settings for each active filter that has configuration options click save configuration  which will return you to the text formats and editors page repeat these steps if you have additional text formats to configure  ', 1787923659),
(28, 'en', 'node_search', ' hit language center has started teaching korean language courses and japanese language courses in cooperation with new comet trading agency those who want to learn can register quickly hit language center has started teaching korean language courses and japanese language courses in cooperation with new comet trading agency those who want to learn can register quickly admin fri 7212023 1628 sat 7082023 929 hit language center has started teaching korean language courses and japanese language courses in cooperation with new comet trading agency those who want to learn can register quickly we have searched for foreign job opportunities as quickly as possible and have already taught you how to speak effectively hit language center 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 9965104911 18393300 18393344  ', 0),
(28, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing text filters and text formats goal configure text formats on the site what are text filters and text formats  a text filter is a processing step that can be applied to text either to transform it in some way such as converting urls in the text into html links or to defend against potentiallydangerous input from site users a text format is an ordered sequence of text filters text filters are provided by modules text formats are managed by the core filter module text fields that have formatted in the field type name such as text formatted   use text formats users choose the text format when editing the field text when the field text is shown on the site it is processed by the chosen text format administrators can configure text formats and assign permissions for who can use each format if the core text editor module is enabled administrators can also associate visual editors with text formats what text filters are available  some of the more commonly used text filters are limit allowed html tags and correct faulty html limits which html tags can be used useful both for site security and enforcing site design convert line breaks into html line breaks in html source are displayed as horizontal spaces this filter converts line breaks into html paragraph and line break tags convert urls into links takes plain urls in text and turns them into html links restrict images to this site for text formats that allow html image tags restricts images to urls within this site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   content authoring   text formats and editors  if you do not have the core text editor module installed the menu link and page title will instead be text formats  click configure to configure an existing text format or  add text format to create a new text format enter the desired name for the text format check the roles that can use this text format some html tags allow users to embed malicious links or scripts in text to ensure security anonymous and untrusted users should only have access to text formats that restrict them to either plain text or a safe set of html tags improper text format configuration is a security risk if the core text editor module is installed see the related topic to connect a text editor to this text format under enabled filters  check the text filters that you want to use under filter processing order  drag the filters to the correct order choose the order carefully for example if you have a filter that results in a particular html tag being added to the text that should run after a filter that restricts html tags to avoid deleting the new tags the first filter added under filter settings  verify and adjust the settings for each active filter that has configuration options click save configuration  which will return you to the text formats and editors page repeat these steps if you have additional text formats to configure  ', 1787923659),
(28, 'ja', 'node_search', ' hit language center は new comet trading agency との協 の協力 協力の 力のも のもと 韓国語 国語コ 語コー コース ースと スと日 と日本 日本語 本語コ 語コー コース ースの スの教 の教室 教室を 室を開 を開始 開始し 始しま しまし ました 学びた びたい たい方 い方は 早めに めに登 に登録 登録し 録して してく てくだ くださ ださい  hit language center は new comet trading agency との協 の協力 協力の 力のも のもと 韓国語 国語コ 語コー コース ースと スと日 と日本 日本語 本語コ 語コー コース ースの スの教 の教室 教室を 室を開 を開始 開始し 始しま しまし ました 学びた びたい たい方 い方は 早めに めに登 に登録 登録し 録して してく てくだ くださ ださい admin fri 7212023 1633 sat 7082023 929 hit language center は new comet trading agency との協 の協力 協力の 力のも のもと 韓国語 国語コ 語コー コース ースと スと日 と日本 日本語 本語コ 語コー コース ースの スの教 の教室 教室を 室を開 を開始 開始し 始しま しまし ました 学びた びたい たい方 い方は 早めに めに登 に登録 登録し 録して してく てくだ くださ ださい 私たち たちは ちは外 は外国 外国の 国の仕 の仕事 仕事の 事の機 の機会 機会を 会をで をでき できる きるだ るだけ だけ早 け早く 早く検 く検索 検索し すでに でに効 に効果 効果的 果的な 的な会 な会話 会話方 話方法 方法を 法を教 を教え 教えて えてい ていま います hit language center 97755566770995094749109501574209965104911018393300  ', 0),
(28, 'ko', 'help_search', ' managing text filters and text formats goal configure text formats on the site what are text filters and text formats  a text filter is a processing step that can be applied to text either to transform it in some way such as converting urls in the text into html links or to defend against potentiallydangerous input from site users a text format is an ordered sequence of text filters text filters are provided by modules text formats are managed by the core filter module text fields that have formatted in the field type name such as text formatted   use text formats users choose the text format when editing the field text when the field text is shown on the site it is processed by the chosen text format administrators can configure text formats and assign permissions for who can use each format if the core text editor module is enabled administrators can also associate visual editors with text formats what text filters are available  some of the more commonly used text filters are limit allowed html tags and correct faulty html limits which html tags can be used useful both for site security and enforcing site design convert line breaks into html line breaks in html source are displayed as horizontal spaces this filter converts line breaks into html paragraph and line break tags convert urls into links takes plain urls in text and turns them into html links restrict images to this site for text formats that allow html image tags restricts images to urls within this site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   content authoring   text formats and editors  if you do not have the core text editor module installed the menu link and page title will instead be text formats  click configure to configure an existing text format or  add text format to create a new text format enter the desired name for the text format check the roles that can use this text format some html tags allow users to embed malicious links or scripts in text to ensure security anonymous and untrusted users should only have access to text formats that restrict them to either plain text or a safe set of html tags improper text format configuration is a security risk if the core text editor module is installed see the related topic to connect a text editor to this text format under enabled filters  check the text filters that you want to use under filter processing order  drag the filters to the correct order choose the order carefully for example if you have a filter that results in a particular html tag being added to the text that should run after a filter that restricts html tags to avoid deleting the new tags the first filter added under filter settings  verify and adjust the settings for each active filter that has configuration options click save configuration  which will return you to the text formats and editors page repeat these steps if you have additional text formats to configure  ', 1787923659),
(28, 'ko', 'node_search', ' hit language center 는 new comet trading agency 와의 협력으 력으로 한국어 코스와 일본어 코스를 개설했 설했습 했습니 습니다 관심있 심있는 분들은 빠르게 등록해 록해주 해주세 주세요  hit language center 는 new comet trading agency 와의 협력으 력으로 한국어 코스와 일본어 코스를 개설했 설했습 했습니 습니다 관심있 심있는 분들은 빠르게 등록해 록해주 해주세 주세요 admin fri 7212023 1636 sat 7082023 929 hit language center 는 new comet trading agency 와의 협력으 력으로 한국어 코스와 일본어 코스를 개설했 설했습 했습니 습니다 관심있 심있는 분들은 빠르게 등록해 록해주 해주세 주세요 우리는 외국의 취업 기회를 최대한 빨리 찾아드 아드리 드리고 이미 효과적 과적인 대화 방법을 가르치 르치고 있습니 습니다 hit language center 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 9965104911 18393300 18393344  ', 0),
(29, 'en', 'help_search', ' changing the appearance of your site what is a theme  a theme is a set of files that define the visual look and feel of your site the core software and modules that run on your site determine which content including html text and other data stored in the database uploaded images and any other asset files is displayed on the pages of your site the theme determines the html markup and css styling that wraps the content several basic themes are supplied with the core software additional contributed themes can be downloaded separately from the download extend page on drupalorg  or you can create your own theme what is a base theme  a base theme is a theme that is not meant to be used directly on a site but instead acts as a scaffolding for building other themes the core stable 9 theme is one example other base themes can be downloaded from the download extend page on drupalorg  what is a layout  a layout is a template that defines where blocks and other pieces of content should be displayed the core layout discovery module allows modules and themes to register layouts and the core layout builder module provides a visual interface for placing fields and blocks in layouts for entity subtypes and individual entity items see managing content structure for more on entities and fields  changing site appearance overview the main way to change the overall appearance of your site is to switch the default theme the core layout builder and layout discovery modules allow you to define layouts for your site s content and the core breakpoint module helps themes change appearance for differentsized devices see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources extending and customizing your site drupal user guide  theming drupal ', 1787923659),
(29, 'en', 'node_search', ' the person in charge of the korean side of new comet trading agency mrhong explained the question of when you can answer the koshipa test estimate at hit language center the person in charge of the korean side of new comet trading agency mrhong explained the question of when you can answer the koshipa test estimate at hit language center admin fri 7212023 1637 sat 7082023 1043 the person in charge of the korean side of new comet trading agency mrhong explained the question of when you can answer the koshipa test estimate at hit language center 872023  ', 0),
(29, 'ja', 'help_search', ' changing the appearance of your site what is a theme  a theme is a set of files that define the visual look and feel of your site the core software and modules that run on your site determine which content including html text and other data stored in the database uploaded images and any other asset files is displayed on the pages of your site the theme determines the html markup and css styling that wraps the content several basic themes are supplied with the core software additional contributed themes can be downloaded separately from the download extend page on drupalorg  or you can create your own theme what is a base theme  a base theme is a theme that is not meant to be used directly on a site but instead acts as a scaffolding for building other themes the core stable 9 theme is one example other base themes can be downloaded from the download extend page on drupalorg  what is a layout  a layout is a template that defines where blocks and other pieces of content should be displayed the core layout discovery module allows modules and themes to register layouts and the core layout builder module provides a visual interface for placing fields and blocks in layouts for entity subtypes and individual entity items see managing content structure for more on entities and fields  changing site appearance overview the main way to change the overall appearance of your site is to switch the default theme the core layout builder and layout discovery modules allow you to define layouts for your site s content and the core breakpoint module helps themes change appearance for differentsized devices see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources extending and customizing your site drupal user guide  theming drupal ', 1787923659),
(29, 'ja', 'node_search', ' new comet trading agency の韓国 韓国側 国側担 側担当 担当者 mrhong が hit language center で koshipa test の評価 評価結 価結果 結果が 果が得 が得ら 得られ られる れる見 る見込 見込み 込みの みの日 の日に 日につ につい ついて いて説 て説明 説明し 明しま しまし ました  new comet trading agency の韓国 韓国側 国側担 側担当 担当者 mrhong が hit language center で koshipa test の評価 評価結 価結果 結果が 果が得 が得ら 得られ られる れる見 る見込 見込み 込みの みの日 の日に 日につ につい ついて いて説 て説明 説明し 明しま しまし ました admin fri 7212023 1644 sat 7082023 1043 new comet trading agency の韓国 韓国側 国側担 側担当 担当者 mrhong が hit language center で koshipa test の評価 評価結 価結果 結果が 果が得 が得ら 得られ られる れる見 る見込 見込み 込みの みの日 の日に 日につ につい ついて いて説 て説明 説明し 明しま しまし ました 2023 年 7 月 8 日  ', 0),
(29, 'ko', 'help_search', ' changing the appearance of your site what is a theme  a theme is a set of files that define the visual look and feel of your site the core software and modules that run on your site determine which content including html text and other data stored in the database uploaded images and any other asset files is displayed on the pages of your site the theme determines the html markup and css styling that wraps the content several basic themes are supplied with the core software additional contributed themes can be downloaded separately from the download extend page on drupalorg  or you can create your own theme what is a base theme  a base theme is a theme that is not meant to be used directly on a site but instead acts as a scaffolding for building other themes the core stable 9 theme is one example other base themes can be downloaded from the download extend page on drupalorg  what is a layout  a layout is a template that defines where blocks and other pieces of content should be displayed the core layout discovery module allows modules and themes to register layouts and the core layout builder module provides a visual interface for placing fields and blocks in layouts for entity subtypes and individual entity items see managing content structure for more on entities and fields  changing site appearance overview the main way to change the overall appearance of your site is to switch the default theme the core layout builder and layout discovery modules allow you to define layouts for your site s content and the core breakpoint module helps themes change appearance for differentsized devices see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources extending and customizing your site drupal user guide  theming drupal ', 1787923659),
(29, 'ko', 'node_search', ' new comet trading agency 의 한국 측 담당자 당자인 홍씨가 hit language center 에서 koshipa test 평가 결과를 받을 수 있는 시기에 대해 설명했 명했습 했습니 습니다  new comet trading agency 의 한국 측 담당자 당자인 홍씨가 hit language center 에서 koshipa test 평가 결과를 받을 수 있는 시기에 대해 설명했 명했습 했습니 습니다 admin fri 7212023 1645 sat 7082023 1043 new comet trading agency 의 한국 측 담당자 당자인 홍씨가 hit language center 에서 koshipa test 평가 결과를 받을 수 있는 시기에 대해 설명했 명했습 했습니 습니다 872023  ', 0),
(30, 'en', 'help_search', ' managing and deploying configuration what is the configuration system  the configuration system provides the ability for administrators to customize the site and to move and synchronize configuration changes between development sites and the live site it does this in 2 ways providing storage for configuration providing a process in which configuration changes can be imported and exported between instances of the same site for example from dev to staging to live  what is configuration data  configuration data describes settings that define how your site behaves or is displayed for example when a site administrator updates settings using an administrative form these settings are stored as configuration data configuration data describes settings as simple as a site name and as complex as a view or image style what kinds of configuration are there  active configuration active configuration is the current working configuration of a site storage of active configuration is defined by the site and resides in the database by default simple configuration a simple configuration item is a group of settings such as the settings for a module or theme each simple configuration item has its own unique structure configuration entities configuration entities are userdefined configuration items grouped by type such as views image styles and content types each configuration entity within a type has a similar structure default configuration default configuration can be defined by a module theme or installation profile in its config install or config optional directories configuration is provided in yaml files file extension yml yaml is a humanreadable data serialization standard that is used by the core software for several purposes once the default configuration has been imported into the site s active configuration through installing the extension that configuration is owned by the site not the extension this means that future updates of the extension will not override the site s active configuration for that extension what is configuration synchronization  configuration synchronization is the process of exporting and importing configuration to keep configuration synchronized between different versions of a site for example between a development site and the live site each site has unique identifier also called a uuid  which identifies the site to the system in any instance of the site as long as the site instances have been reproduced as clones cloning is when the codebase and database are copied to create a new site instance when site instances are cloned a dev instance of the site has the same uuid as the live instance when site instances share the same uuid configuration can be exported from one instance to another the following list contains terms and concepts related to configuration synchronization exported configuration when configuration is exported the active configuration is exported as a set of files in yaml format when using the configuration synchronization administrative ui configuration can be exported as a fullexport or singleitem archive this archive can then be imported into the destination site instance imported configuration imported configuration is configuration that has been exported from another instance of the site the source and is now being imported into another site instance the destination thereby updating its active configuration to match the imported configuration data set configuration sync directory the configuration sync directory location is set in the site s settingsphp file when configuration is exported the active configuration is exported and described in yaml files which are stored in the configuration sync directory after the first export the system compares the site s active configuration with the configuration data in the sync directory and will only export active configuration items that are different than their counterparts in the sync directory managing configuration overview configuration management tasks such as exporting or importing configuration and synchronizing configuration can be done either through the administrative ui provided by the core configuration manager module or a commandline interface cli tool defining a configuration sync directory path other than the default value requires read write access to the site s settingsphp file most modules and themes also provide settings forms for updating the configuration they provide see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources configuration management workflow using drush concept types of data drupal user guide  concept development sites drupal user guide  making a development site drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(30, 'en', 'node_search', ' we urgently need the following skilled workers to work in singapore we urgently need the following skilled workers to work in singapore admin fri 7212023 1658 sun 7092023 959 we urgently need the following skilled workers to work in singapore 1 s pass visa only for men position project operations coordinator degree must be able to speak english well must have good knowledge and understanding of equipment and sales buying experience must have admin experience by computer record keeping data entry filing etc be mechanical would be more convenient 2 work permit visa only for men position admin support assistant diploma graduate must be able to speak english well must have admin experience must have good knowledge and understanding of equipment and sales buying experience by computer record keeping data entry filing etc new comet trading agency co ltd 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 9965104911 18393300 18393344  ', 0),
(30, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing and deploying configuration what is the configuration system  the configuration system provides the ability for administrators to customize the site and to move and synchronize configuration changes between development sites and the live site it does this in 2 ways providing storage for configuration providing a process in which configuration changes can be imported and exported between instances of the same site for example from dev to staging to live  what is configuration data  configuration data describes settings that define how your site behaves or is displayed for example when a site administrator updates settings using an administrative form these settings are stored as configuration data configuration data describes settings as simple as a site name and as complex as a view or image style what kinds of configuration are there  active configuration active configuration is the current working configuration of a site storage of active configuration is defined by the site and resides in the database by default simple configuration a simple configuration item is a group of settings such as the settings for a module or theme each simple configuration item has its own unique structure configuration entities configuration entities are userdefined configuration items grouped by type such as views image styles and content types each configuration entity within a type has a similar structure default configuration default configuration can be defined by a module theme or installation profile in its config install or config optional directories configuration is provided in yaml files file extension yml yaml is a humanreadable data serialization standard that is used by the core software for several purposes once the default configuration has been imported into the site s active configuration through installing the extension that configuration is owned by the site not the extension this means that future updates of the extension will not override the site s active configuration for that extension what is configuration synchronization  configuration synchronization is the process of exporting and importing configuration to keep configuration synchronized between different versions of a site for example between a development site and the live site each site has unique identifier also called a uuid  which identifies the site to the system in any instance of the site as long as the site instances have been reproduced as clones cloning is when the codebase and database are copied to create a new site instance when site instances are cloned a dev instance of the site has the same uuid as the live instance when site instances share the same uuid configuration can be exported from one instance to another the following list contains terms and concepts related to configuration synchronization exported configuration when configuration is exported the active configuration is exported as a set of files in yaml format when using the configuration synchronization administrative ui configuration can be exported as a fullexport or singleitem archive this archive can then be imported into the destination site instance imported configuration imported configuration is configuration that has been exported from another instance of the site the source and is now being imported into another site instance the destination thereby updating its active configuration to match the imported configuration data set configuration sync directory the configuration sync directory location is set in the site s settingsphp file when configuration is exported the active configuration is exported and described in yaml files which are stored in the configuration sync directory after the first export the system compares the site s active configuration with the configuration data in the sync directory and will only export active configuration items that are different than their counterparts in the sync directory managing configuration overview configuration management tasks such as exporting or importing configuration and synchronizing configuration can be done either through the administrative ui provided by the core configuration manager module or a commandline interface cli tool defining a configuration sync directory path other than the default value requires read write access to the site s settingsphp file most modules and themes also provide settings forms for updating the configuration they provide see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources configuration management workflow using drush concept types of data drupal user guide  concept development sites drupal user guide  making a development site drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(30, 'ja', 'node_search', '  以下の 下の熟 の熟練 熟練労 練労働 労働者 働者を 者をシ をシン シンガ ンガポ ガポー ポール ールで ルで緊 で緊急 緊急に 急に求 に求め 求めて めてい ていま います   以下の 下の熟 の熟練 熟練労 練労働 労働者 働者を 者をシ をシン シンガ ンガポ ガポー ポール ールで ルで緊 で緊急 緊急に 急に求 に求め 求めて めてい ていま います admin fri 7212023 1659 sun 7092023 959 以下の 下の熟 の熟練 熟練労 練労働 労働者 働者を 者をシ をシン シンガ ンガポ ガポー ポール ールで ルで緊 で緊急 緊急に 急に求 に求め 求めて めてい ていま います s パス ビザ 男性の 性のみ 職種 プロジ ロジェ ジェク ェクト オペレ ペレー レーシ ーショ ション ョンコ ンコー コーデ ーディ ディネ ィネー ネータ ーター 学士号 英語を 語を流 を流暢 流暢に 暢に話 に話す 話すこ すこと ことが とがで ができ できる きるこ ること ことが とが必 が必要 必要で 要です 装置に 置につ につい ついて いての ての良 の良い 良い知 い知識 知識と 識と理 と理解 販売 購買経 買経験 経験が 験が必 が必要 必要で 要です 管理経 理経験 経験が 験が必 が必要 必要で 要です コンピ ンピュ ピュー ュータ ーター ターを ーを使 を使っ 使った った業 た業務 記録保 録保持 データ ータ入 タ入力 ファイ ァイリ イリン リング ングな グなど があり ありま ります 機械工 械工学 工学の 学の学 の学位 学位が 位があ があれ あれば れば尚 ば尚良 尚良い 良いで いです ワーク ークパ クパー パーミ ーミッ ミット ビザ 男性の 性のみ 職種 アドミ ドミン ミンサ ンサポ サポー ポート ートア トアシ アシス シスタ スタン タント 専門学 門学位 学位保 位保持 保持者 英語を 語を流 を流暢 流暢に 暢に話 に話す 話すこ すこと ことが とがで ができ できる きるこ ること ことが とが必 が必要 必要で 要です 管理経 理経験 経験が 験が必 が必要 必要で 要です 装置に 置につ につい ついて いての ての良 の良い 良い知 い知識 知識と 識と理 と理解 販売 購買経 買経験 経験が 験が必 が必要 必要で 要です コンピ ンピュ ピュー ュータ ーター ターを ーを使 を使っ 使った った業 た業務 記録保 録保持 データ ータ入 タ入力 ファイ ァイリ イリン リング ングな グなど があり ありま ります new comet trading agency co ltd 97755566770995094749109501574209965104911 18393300018393344  ', 0),
(30, 'ko', 'help_search', ' managing and deploying configuration what is the configuration system  the configuration system provides the ability for administrators to customize the site and to move and synchronize configuration changes between development sites and the live site it does this in 2 ways providing storage for configuration providing a process in which configuration changes can be imported and exported between instances of the same site for example from dev to staging to live  what is configuration data  configuration data describes settings that define how your site behaves or is displayed for example when a site administrator updates settings using an administrative form these settings are stored as configuration data configuration data describes settings as simple as a site name and as complex as a view or image style what kinds of configuration are there  active configuration active configuration is the current working configuration of a site storage of active configuration is defined by the site and resides in the database by default simple configuration a simple configuration item is a group of settings such as the settings for a module or theme each simple configuration item has its own unique structure configuration entities configuration entities are userdefined configuration items grouped by type such as views image styles and content types each configuration entity within a type has a similar structure default configuration default configuration can be defined by a module theme or installation profile in its config install or config optional directories configuration is provided in yaml files file extension yml yaml is a humanreadable data serialization standard that is used by the core software for several purposes once the default configuration has been imported into the site s active configuration through installing the extension that configuration is owned by the site not the extension this means that future updates of the extension will not override the site s active configuration for that extension what is configuration synchronization  configuration synchronization is the process of exporting and importing configuration to keep configuration synchronized between different versions of a site for example between a development site and the live site each site has unique identifier also called a uuid  which identifies the site to the system in any instance of the site as long as the site instances have been reproduced as clones cloning is when the codebase and database are copied to create a new site instance when site instances are cloned a dev instance of the site has the same uuid as the live instance when site instances share the same uuid configuration can be exported from one instance to another the following list contains terms and concepts related to configuration synchronization exported configuration when configuration is exported the active configuration is exported as a set of files in yaml format when using the configuration synchronization administrative ui configuration can be exported as a fullexport or singleitem archive this archive can then be imported into the destination site instance imported configuration imported configuration is configuration that has been exported from another instance of the site the source and is now being imported into another site instance the destination thereby updating its active configuration to match the imported configuration data set configuration sync directory the configuration sync directory location is set in the site s settingsphp file when configuration is exported the active configuration is exported and described in yaml files which are stored in the configuration sync directory after the first export the system compares the site s active configuration with the configuration data in the sync directory and will only export active configuration items that are different than their counterparts in the sync directory managing configuration overview configuration management tasks such as exporting or importing configuration and synchronizing configuration can be done either through the administrative ui provided by the core configuration manager module or a commandline interface cli tool defining a configuration sync directory path other than the default value requires read write access to the site s settingsphp file most modules and themes also provide settings forms for updating the configuration they provide see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources configuration management workflow using drush concept types of data drupal user guide  concept development sites drupal user guide  making a development site drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(30, 'ko', 'node_search', '  긴급하 급하게 다음과 같은 숙련 노동자 동자들 자들이 싱가포 가포르 포르에 르에서 일할 필요가 있습니 습니다   긴급하 급하게 다음과 같은 숙련 노동자 동자들 자들이 싱가포 가포르 포르에 르에서 일할 필요가 있습니 습니다 admin fri 7212023 1701 sun 7092023 959 긴급하 급하게 다음과 같은 숙련 노동자 동자들 자들이 싱가포 가포르 포르에 르에서 일할 필요가 있습니 습니다 s 패스 비자 남성 전용 직책 프로젝 로젝트 운영 조정자 학사 학위 영어를 잘 구사할 수 있어야 합니다 장비 및 영업 구매 경험에 대한 좋은 지식과 이해가 필요합 요합니 합니다 행정 업무 경험이 있어야 합니다 컴퓨터 활용 기록 보관 자료 입력 파일 정리 등 기계공 계공학 학사 학위가 있다면 더욱 편리합 리합니 합니다 워크 퍼밋 비자 남성 전용 직책 행정 지원 조수 전문대 문대학 졸업 영어를 잘 구사할 수 있어야 합니다 행정 업무 경험이 있어야 합니다 장비 및 영업 구매 경험에 대한 좋은 지식과 이해가 필요합 요합니 합니다 컴퓨터 활용 기록 보관 자료 입력 파일 정리 등 new comet trading agency co ltd 9775556677 9950947491 95015742 9965104911 18393300 18393344  ', 0),
(31, 'en', 'node_search', ' we are looking for professional welders who wants to work at korean shipyards we are looking for professional welders who wants to work at korean shipyards admin wed 7262023 1254 fri 7212023 955 we are looking for professional welders who wants to work at korean shipyards 1 3rd batch of welding training course sinmalike will be opened on 1582023 at sinmalike shipyard 2 korean language course will cost 150000 mmkyats for 2 months 3 hose who do not know how to weld and those who have a basic level can attend the course by paying a course fee of 12500000 6 week course from monday to friday south korea if experts from the shipyard come to inspect interview fee xray test fees and test center fees must be paid 4 3g fcaw backing subject to change must be x ray passed for welder interview 5 basic salary w 2462000 approximate the basic salary may vary from company to company note after 3 hours of overtime per day and 22 days the money that will be earned and other living expenses health and income tax costs are deducted the remaining amount will be over 500000 burmese money 6 you can go to korea if only you pass the drug test b virus c virus tb venereal disease hiv 7 must be between 20 and 45 years old 8 must go to korea with e73 visa 9must work for at least 2 years 10 from a korean shipyard upon completion of training and proficiency welding professionals can enter the exam after passing the exam you will have the opportunity to go to work in korea contact about korea 9775556677 95015742 9950947491 18393300 18393344 18393393 a 32 chapter 201 burmese luxury housing mingal taung nyunt township yangon please contact between 900 am and 500 pm  ', 0),
(31, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing content structure what types of data does a site have  there are four main types of data content is the information text images etc meant to be displayed to website visitors configuration is data that defines how the content is displayed some configuration such as field labels may also be visible to site visitors state is temporary data about the state of your site such as the last time the system cron jobs ran session is a subset of state information related to users interactions with the site such as site cookies and whether or not they are logged in what is a content entity  a content entity  or more commonly  entity  is an item of content data which can consist of text html markup images attached files and other data content entities are grouped into entity types  which have different purposes and are displayed in very different ways on the site most entity types are also divided into entity subtypes  which are divisions within an entity type to allow for smaller variations in how the entities are used and displayed for example the content item entity type that stores pagelevel content is divided into content type subtypes the content block entity type has block types  but the user entity type for user profile information does not have subtypes what is a field  within entity items the data is stored in individual fields  each of which holds one type of data such as formatted or plain text images or other files or dates fields can be added by an administrator on entity subtypes so that all entity items of a given entity subtype have the same collection of fields available and they can be singlevalued or multiplevalued when you create or edit entity items you are specifying the values for the fields on the entity item what is a reference field  a reference field is a field that stores a relationship between an entity and one or more other entities which may belong to the same or different entity type for example a content reference field on a content type stores a relationship between one content item and one or more other content items what field types are available  the following field types are provided by the core system and core modules many more are provided by contributed modules boolean number provided by the core system stores true false values and numbers comment provided by the core comment module allows users to add comments to an entity date timestamp datetime module stores dates and times date range datetime range module stores time date periods with a start and an end email core system stores email addresses link link module stores urls and link text list options module stores values chosen from predefined lists where the values can be numbers or text see section below for more on list fields reference core system stores entity references see section above telephone telephone module stores telephone numbers text text module stores formatted and unformatted text see section below for more on text fields what settings are available for list field types  list fields associate predefined keys  or value codes with labels that the user sees for example you might define a list field that shows the user the names of several locations while behind the scenes a location code is stored in the database each list field type corresponds to one type of stored key for example a list integer  field stores integers while the list text  field stores text strings once you have chosen the field type the main setting for a list field is the allowed values list which associates the keys with the labels what types of text fields are available  there are several types of text fields with different characteristics text fields can be either plain or formatted  plain text fields do not contain html while formatted fields can contain html and are processed through text filters  these are provided by the core filter module if you have that module enabled see the related topic below on filters for more information text fields can also be regularlength with a limit of 255 characters or long  with a very large character limit and long formatted text fields can include a summary attribute all possible combinations of these characteristics exist as text field types for example  text plain  and text formatted long with summary  are two examples of text field types what is a formatter  a formatter is a way to display a field most field types offer several types of formatters and most formatters have settings that further define how the field is displayed it is also possible to completely hide a field from display and you have the option of showing or hiding the field s label when it is displayed what is a widget  a widget is a way to edit a field some field types such as plain text singleline fields have only one widget available in this case a singleline text input field other field types offer choices for the widget for example singlevalued list fields can use a select or radio button widget for editing many widget types have settings that further define how the field can be edited managing content structure overview besides the field modules listed in the previous section there are additional core modules that you can use to manage your content structure the core node comment content block custom menu links user file image media taxonomy and contact modules all provide content entity types the core field ui module provides a user interface for managing fields and their display on entities the core layout builder module provides a more flexible user interface for configuring the display of entities the core filter responsive image and path modules provide settings and display options for entities and fields depending on the core and contributed modules that you currently have installed on your site the related topics below and other topics listed on the main help page see help will help you with tasks related to content structure additional resources concept types of data drupal user guide  planning your site drupal user guide  concept reference fields drupal user guide  ', 1787923659);
INSERT INTO `search_dataset` (`sid`, `langcode`, `type`, `data`, `reindex`) VALUES
(32, 'en', 'help_search', ' running and configuring cron goal configure your system so that cron will run automatically what are cron tasks  to ensure that your site and its modules continue to function well a group of administrative operations should be run periodically these operations are called cron tasks and running the tasks is known as running cron  depending on how often content is updated on your site you might need to run cron on a schedule ranging from hourly to weekly to keep your site running well what options are available for running cron  if the core automated cron module is installed your site will run cron periodically on a schedule you can configure you can set up a task on your web server to visit the cron url  which is unique to your site on a schedule you can also run cron manually but this is not the recommended way to make sure it is run periodically steps in the manage administration menu navigate to configuration   system   cron  note the last run time on the page if you want to run cron right now click run cron and wait for cron to finish if you have a way to configure tasks on your web server copy the link where it says to run cron from outside the site go to  set up a task to visit that url on your desired cron schedule such as once an hour or once a week on linuxlike servers you can use the wget command to visit a url if you configure an outside task you should uninstall the automated cron module if you are not configuring an outside task and you have the core automated cron module installed select a schedule for automated cron runs in cron settings   run cron every  click save configuration  additional resources concept cron drupal user guide  configuring cron maintenance tasks drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(32, 'ja', 'help_search', ' running and configuring cron goal configure your system so that cron will run automatically what are cron tasks  to ensure that your site and its modules continue to function well a group of administrative operations should be run periodically these operations are called cron tasks and running the tasks is known as running cron  depending on how often content is updated on your site you might need to run cron on a schedule ranging from hourly to weekly to keep your site running well what options are available for running cron  if the core automated cron module is installed your site will run cron periodically on a schedule you can configure you can set up a task on your web server to visit the cron url  which is unique to your site on a schedule you can also run cron manually but this is not the recommended way to make sure it is run periodically steps in the manage administration menu navigate to configuration   system   cron  note the last run time on the page if you want to run cron right now click run cron and wait for cron to finish if you have a way to configure tasks on your web server copy the link where it says to run cron from outside the site go to  set up a task to visit that url on your desired cron schedule such as once an hour or once a week on linuxlike servers you can use the wget command to visit a url if you configure an outside task you should uninstall the automated cron module if you are not configuring an outside task and you have the core automated cron module installed select a schedule for automated cron runs in cron settings   run cron every  click save configuration  additional resources concept cron drupal user guide  configuring cron maintenance tasks drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(32, 'ko', 'help_search', ' running and configuring cron goal configure your system so that cron will run automatically what are cron tasks  to ensure that your site and its modules continue to function well a group of administrative operations should be run periodically these operations are called cron tasks and running the tasks is known as running cron  depending on how often content is updated on your site you might need to run cron on a schedule ranging from hourly to weekly to keep your site running well what options are available for running cron  if the core automated cron module is installed your site will run cron periodically on a schedule you can configure you can set up a task on your web server to visit the cron url  which is unique to your site on a schedule you can also run cron manually but this is not the recommended way to make sure it is run periodically steps in the manage administration menu navigate to configuration   system   cron  note the last run time on the page if you want to run cron right now click run cron and wait for cron to finish if you have a way to configure tasks on your web server copy the link where it says to run cron from outside the site go to  set up a task to visit that url on your desired cron schedule such as once an hour or once a week on linuxlike servers you can use the wget command to visit a url if you configure an outside task you should uninstall the automated cron module if you are not configuring an outside task and you have the core automated cron module installed select a schedule for automated cron runs in cron settings   run cron every  click save configuration  additional resources concept cron drupal user guide  configuring cron maintenance tasks drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(33, 'en', 'help_search', ' extending and modifying your site functionality what is a module  a module is a set of php javascript and or css files that extends site features and adds functionality a set of core modules is distributed as part of the core software download additional contributed modules can be downloaded separately from the download extend page on drupalorg  what is an experimental module  an experimental module is a module that is still in development and is not yet stable using experimental modules on production sites is not recommended what are installing and uninstalling  installing a core or downloaded contributed module means turning it on so that you can use its features and functionality uninstalling means turning it off and removing all of its configuration a module cannot be uninstalled if another installed module depends on it or if you have created content on your site using the module you would need to delete the content and uninstall dependent modules first extending overview see the related topics listed below for help performing tasks related to extending the functionality of your site additional resources concept modules drupal user guide  extending and customizing your site drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(33, 'ja', 'help_search', ' extending and modifying your site functionality what is a module  a module is a set of php javascript and or css files that extends site features and adds functionality a set of core modules is distributed as part of the core software download additional contributed modules can be downloaded separately from the download extend page on drupalorg  what is an experimental module  an experimental module is a module that is still in development and is not yet stable using experimental modules on production sites is not recommended what are installing and uninstalling  installing a core or downloaded contributed module means turning it on so that you can use its features and functionality uninstalling means turning it off and removing all of its configuration a module cannot be uninstalled if another installed module depends on it or if you have created content on your site using the module you would need to delete the content and uninstall dependent modules first extending overview see the related topics listed below for help performing tasks related to extending the functionality of your site additional resources concept modules drupal user guide  extending and customizing your site drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(33, 'ko', 'help_search', ' extending and modifying your site functionality what is a module  a module is a set of php javascript and or css files that extends site features and adds functionality a set of core modules is distributed as part of the core software download additional contributed modules can be downloaded separately from the download extend page on drupalorg  what is an experimental module  an experimental module is a module that is still in development and is not yet stable using experimental modules on production sites is not recommended what are installing and uninstalling  installing a core or downloaded contributed module means turning it on so that you can use its features and functionality uninstalling means turning it off and removing all of its configuration a module cannot be uninstalled if another installed module depends on it or if you have created content on your site using the module you would need to delete the content and uninstall dependent modules first extending overview see the related topics listed below for help performing tasks related to extending the functionality of your site additional resources concept modules drupal user guide  extending and customizing your site drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(34, 'en', 'help_search', ' maintaining and troubleshooting your site maintaining and troubleshooting overview here are some tasks and hints related to maintaining your site and troubleshooting problems that may come up on your site see the related topics below for more information when performing maintenance such as installing uninstalling or updating a module put your site in maintenance mode configure your site so that cron runs periodically if your site is not behaving as expected clear the cache before trying to diagnose the problem there are several site reports that can help you diagnose problems with your site there are also two core modules that can be used for error logging database logging and syslog additional resources preventing and fixing problems drupal user guide  security and maintenance drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(34, 'ja', 'help_search', ' maintaining and troubleshooting your site maintaining and troubleshooting overview here are some tasks and hints related to maintaining your site and troubleshooting problems that may come up on your site see the related topics below for more information when performing maintenance such as installing uninstalling or updating a module put your site in maintenance mode configure your site so that cron runs periodically if your site is not behaving as expected clear the cache before trying to diagnose the problem there are several site reports that can help you diagnose problems with your site there are also two core modules that can be used for error logging database logging and syslog additional resources preventing and fixing problems drupal user guide  security and maintenance drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(34, 'ko', 'help_search', ' maintaining and troubleshooting your site maintaining and troubleshooting overview here are some tasks and hints related to maintaining your site and troubleshooting problems that may come up on your site see the related topics below for more information when performing maintenance such as installing uninstalling or updating a module put your site in maintenance mode configure your site so that cron runs periodically if your site is not behaving as expected clear the cache before trying to diagnose the problem there are several site reports that can help you diagnose problems with your site there are also two core modules that can be used for error logging database logging and syslog additional resources preventing and fixing problems drupal user guide  security and maintenance drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(35, 'en', 'help_search', ' managing media what are media items  core media items include audio images documents and videos you can add other media types such as social media posts through the use of contributed modules media items may be files located in your site s file system or remote items referenced by a url media items are content entities and they are divided into media types which are entity subtypes media types can have fields see managing content structure for more information on content entities and fields what is the media library  the media library is a visual user interface for managing and reusing media items add media items to content using media reference fields and the media library field widget what is an image style  an image style is a set of processing steps known as effects  that can be applied to images examples of effects include scaling and cropping images to different sizes responsive image styles can associate image styles with your theme s size breakpoints this allows serving images sized for the browser width overview of managing media the following modules provide mediarelated functionality media items and media types are managed by the core media module the core media module provides a media reference field to add media to content entities the core file and image modules also provide reference fields it is recommended to use the media reference field because it is more versatile the core media library module provides the media library and the media library field widget with this module installed the media library field widget becomes the default widget for editing media reference fields the core image module provides a user interface for defining image styles the core responsive image module provides responsive image styles using the core breakpoint module and a breakpointenabled theme these responsive styles can serve images sized for the browser see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources media module ', 1787923659),
(35, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing media what are media items  core media items include audio images documents and videos you can add other media types such as social media posts through the use of contributed modules media items may be files located in your site s file system or remote items referenced by a url media items are content entities and they are divided into media types which are entity subtypes media types can have fields see managing content structure for more information on content entities and fields what is the media library  the media library is a visual user interface for managing and reusing media items add media items to content using media reference fields and the media library field widget what is an image style  an image style is a set of processing steps known as effects  that can be applied to images examples of effects include scaling and cropping images to different sizes responsive image styles can associate image styles with your theme s size breakpoints this allows serving images sized for the browser width overview of managing media the following modules provide mediarelated functionality media items and media types are managed by the core media module the core media module provides a media reference field to add media to content entities the core file and image modules also provide reference fields it is recommended to use the media reference field because it is more versatile the core media library module provides the media library and the media library field widget with this module installed the media library field widget becomes the default widget for editing media reference fields the core image module provides a user interface for defining image styles the core responsive image module provides responsive image styles using the core breakpoint module and a breakpointenabled theme these responsive styles can serve images sized for the browser see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources media module ', 1787923659),
(35, 'ko', 'help_search', ' managing media what are media items  core media items include audio images documents and videos you can add other media types such as social media posts through the use of contributed modules media items may be files located in your site s file system or remote items referenced by a url media items are content entities and they are divided into media types which are entity subtypes media types can have fields see managing content structure for more information on content entities and fields what is the media library  the media library is a visual user interface for managing and reusing media items add media items to content using media reference fields and the media library field widget what is an image style  an image style is a set of processing steps known as effects  that can be applied to images examples of effects include scaling and cropping images to different sizes responsive image styles can associate image styles with your theme s size breakpoints this allows serving images sized for the browser width overview of managing media the following modules provide mediarelated functionality media items and media types are managed by the core media module the core media module provides a media reference field to add media to content entities the core file and image modules also provide reference fields it is recommended to use the media reference field because it is more versatile the core media library module provides the media library and the media library field widget with this module installed the media library field widget becomes the default widget for editing media reference fields the core image module provides a user interface for defining image styles the core responsive image module provides responsive image styles using the core breakpoint module and a breakpointenabled theme these responsive styles can serve images sized for the browser see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources media module ', 1787923659),
(36, 'en', 'help_search', ' managing menus what is a menu  a menu is a collection of menu links used to navigate a web site menus and menu links can be provided by modules or site administrators managing menus overview the core menu ui module provides a user interface for managing menus including creating new menus reordering menu links and disabling links provided by modules it also provides the ability for links to content items to be added to menus while editing if configured on the content type the core custom menu links module provides the ability to add custom links to menus each menu can be displayed by placing a block in a theme region some themes also can display a menu outside of the block system see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources concept menu drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(36, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing menus what is a menu  a menu is a collection of menu links used to navigate a web site menus and menu links can be provided by modules or site administrators managing menus overview the core menu ui module provides a user interface for managing menus including creating new menus reordering menu links and disabling links provided by modules it also provides the ability for links to content items to be added to menus while editing if configured on the content type the core custom menu links module provides the ability to add custom links to menus each menu can be displayed by placing a block in a theme region some themes also can display a menu outside of the block system see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources concept menu drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(36, 'ko', 'help_search', ' managing menus what is a menu  a menu is a collection of menu links used to navigate a web site menus and menu links can be provided by modules or site administrators managing menus overview the core menu ui module provides a user interface for managing menus including creating new menus reordering menu links and disabling links provided by modules it also provides the ability for links to content items to be added to menus while editing if configured on the content type the core custom menu links module provides the ability to add custom links to menus each menu can be displayed by placing a block in a theme region some themes also can display a menu outside of the block system see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources concept menu drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(37, 'en', 'help_search', ' optimizing site performance what is site performance  site performance in this context refers to speed factors such as the page load time and the response time after a user action on a page what is caching  caching is saving alreadyrendered html output and other calculated data for later use the first time it is needed this saves time because the next time the same data is needed it can be quickly retrieved instead of recalculated automatic caching systems also include mechanisms to delete cached calculations or mark them as no longer valid when the underlying data changes to facilitate that cached data has a lifetime  which is the maximum time before the data will be deleted from the cache forcing recalculation  what is file aggregation  aggregation is when css and javascript files are merged together and compressed into a format that is much smaller than the original this allows for faster transmission and faster rendering on the other end what can i do to improve my site s performance  the following core software modules and mechanisms can improve your site s performance internal page cache module caches pages requested by users who are not logged in anonymous users do not use if your site needs to send different output to different anonymous users internal dynamic page cache module caches data for both authenticated and anonymous users with noncacheable data in the page converted to placeholders and calculated when the page is requested big pipe module changes the way pages are sent to users so that cacheable parts are sent out first with placeholders and the uncacheable or personalized parts of the page are streamed afterwards this allows the browser to render the bulk of the page quickly and fill in the details later performance page settings in the manage administrative menu if you navigate to configuration   development   performance  you will find a setting for the maximum cache lifetime as well as the ability to turn on css and javascript file aggregation additional resources online documentation for the internal page cache module online documentation for the internal dynamic page cache module online documentation for the bigpipe module ', 1787923659),
(37, 'ja', 'help_search', ' optimizing site performance what is site performance  site performance in this context refers to speed factors such as the page load time and the response time after a user action on a page what is caching  caching is saving alreadyrendered html output and other calculated data for later use the first time it is needed this saves time because the next time the same data is needed it can be quickly retrieved instead of recalculated automatic caching systems also include mechanisms to delete cached calculations or mark them as no longer valid when the underlying data changes to facilitate that cached data has a lifetime  which is the maximum time before the data will be deleted from the cache forcing recalculation  what is file aggregation  aggregation is when css and javascript files are merged together and compressed into a format that is much smaller than the original this allows for faster transmission and faster rendering on the other end what can i do to improve my site s performance  the following core software modules and mechanisms can improve your site s performance internal page cache module caches pages requested by users who are not logged in anonymous users do not use if your site needs to send different output to different anonymous users internal dynamic page cache module caches data for both authenticated and anonymous users with noncacheable data in the page converted to placeholders and calculated when the page is requested big pipe module changes the way pages are sent to users so that cacheable parts are sent out first with placeholders and the uncacheable or personalized parts of the page are streamed afterwards this allows the browser to render the bulk of the page quickly and fill in the details later performance page settings in the manage administrative menu if you navigate to configuration   development   performance  you will find a setting for the maximum cache lifetime as well as the ability to turn on css and javascript file aggregation additional resources online documentation for the internal page cache module online documentation for the internal dynamic page cache module online documentation for the bigpipe module ', 1787923659),
(37, 'ko', 'help_search', ' optimizing site performance what is site performance  site performance in this context refers to speed factors such as the page load time and the response time after a user action on a page what is caching  caching is saving alreadyrendered html output and other calculated data for later use the first time it is needed this saves time because the next time the same data is needed it can be quickly retrieved instead of recalculated automatic caching systems also include mechanisms to delete cached calculations or mark them as no longer valid when the underlying data changes to facilitate that cached data has a lifetime  which is the maximum time before the data will be deleted from the cache forcing recalculation  what is file aggregation  aggregation is when css and javascript files are merged together and compressed into a format that is much smaller than the original this allows for faster transmission and faster rendering on the other end what can i do to improve my site s performance  the following core software modules and mechanisms can improve your site s performance internal page cache module caches pages requested by users who are not logged in anonymous users do not use if your site needs to send different output to different anonymous users internal dynamic page cache module caches data for both authenticated and anonymous users with noncacheable data in the page converted to placeholders and calculated when the page is requested big pipe module changes the way pages are sent to users so that cacheable parts are sent out first with placeholders and the uncacheable or personalized parts of the page are streamed afterwards this allows the browser to render the bulk of the page quickly and fill in the details later performance page settings in the manage administrative menu if you navigate to configuration   development   performance  you will find a setting for the maximum cache lifetime as well as the ability to turn on css and javascript file aggregation additional resources online documentation for the internal page cache module online documentation for the internal dynamic page cache module online documentation for the bigpipe module ', 1787923659),
(38, 'en', 'help_search', ' making your site secure what are security updates  any software occasionally has bugs and sometimes these bugs have security implications when security bugs are fixed in the core software modules or themes that your site uses they are released in a security update  you will need to apply security updates in order to keep your site secure what are security advisories  a security advisory is a public announcement about a reported security problem in the core software contributed projects with a shield icon and stable releases for this project are covered by the security advisory policy on their project page are also covered by drupal s security advisory policy security advisories are managed by the drupal security team  security tasks keeping track of updates updating the core software and updating contributed modules and or themes are all part of keeping your site secure see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources security and maintenance drupal user guide  security advisory process and permissions policy ', 1787923659),
(38, 'ja', 'help_search', ' making your site secure what are security updates  any software occasionally has bugs and sometimes these bugs have security implications when security bugs are fixed in the core software modules or themes that your site uses they are released in a security update  you will need to apply security updates in order to keep your site secure what are security advisories  a security advisory is a public announcement about a reported security problem in the core software contributed projects with a shield icon and stable releases for this project are covered by the security advisory policy on their project page are also covered by drupal s security advisory policy security advisories are managed by the drupal security team  security tasks keeping track of updates updating the core software and updating contributed modules and or themes are all part of keeping your site secure see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources security and maintenance drupal user guide  security advisory process and permissions policy ', 1787923659),
(38, 'ko', 'help_search', ' making your site secure what are security updates  any software occasionally has bugs and sometimes these bugs have security implications when security bugs are fixed in the core software modules or themes that your site uses they are released in a security update  you will need to apply security updates in order to keep your site secure what are security advisories  a security advisory is a public announcement about a reported security problem in the core software contributed projects with a shield icon and stable releases for this project are covered by the security advisory policy on their project page are also covered by drupal s security advisory policy security advisories are managed by the drupal security team  security tasks keeping track of updates updating the core software and updating contributed modules and or themes are all part of keeping your site secure see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources security and maintenance drupal user guide  security advisory process and permissions policy ', 1787923659),
(39, 'en', 'help_search', ' using inline quick settings editing goal edit settings in place what is quick editing  the core settings tray module provides the ability to quickly edit settings inline it requires the core contextual links module in order to expose the links that let you edit in place who can edit settings in place  in order to follow these steps to edit settings in place the core settings tray module must be installed also either the core toolbar module or a contributed replacement must be installed you will need to have use contextual links permission as well as permission to edit the particular content or settings steps find and visit a page on your site that has the settings that you would like to edit click the contextual links edit button on the toolbar in most themes it looks like a pencil contextual edit links with the same icon will appear all over your page find the contextual link for the part of the page you want to edit for example if you want to edit the settings for a block the link should be in the topright corner of the block or topleft for righttoleft languages click the link to open the contextual links menu and click quick edit  an editing form for the settings should appear on the page make your edits and submit the form  ', 1787923659),
(39, 'ja', 'help_search', ' using inline quick settings editing goal edit settings in place what is quick editing  the core settings tray module provides the ability to quickly edit settings inline it requires the core contextual links module in order to expose the links that let you edit in place who can edit settings in place  in order to follow these steps to edit settings in place the core settings tray module must be installed also either the core toolbar module or a contributed replacement must be installed you will need to have use contextual links permission as well as permission to edit the particular content or settings steps find and visit a page on your site that has the settings that you would like to edit click the contextual links edit button on the toolbar in most themes it looks like a pencil contextual edit links with the same icon will appear all over your page find the contextual link for the part of the page you want to edit for example if you want to edit the settings for a block the link should be in the topright corner of the block or topleft for righttoleft languages click the link to open the contextual links menu and click quick edit  an editing form for the settings should appear on the page make your edits and submit the form  ', 1787923659),
(39, 'ko', 'help_search', ' using inline quick settings editing goal edit settings in place what is quick editing  the core settings tray module provides the ability to quickly edit settings inline it requires the core contextual links module in order to expose the links that let you edit in place who can edit settings in place  in order to follow these steps to edit settings in place the core settings tray module must be installed also either the core toolbar module or a contributed replacement must be installed you will need to have use contextual links permission as well as permission to edit the particular content or settings steps find and visit a page on your site that has the settings that you would like to edit click the contextual links edit button on the toolbar in most themes it looks like a pencil contextual edit links with the same icon will appear all over your page find the contextual link for the part of the page you want to edit for example if you want to edit the settings for a block the link should be in the topright corner of the block or topleft for righttoleft languages click the link to open the contextual links menu and click quick edit  an editing form for the settings should appear on the page make your edits and submit the form  ', 1787923659),
(40, 'en', 'help_search', ' tracking the content of your website tracking overview the core history module tracks how recently users have viewed content items and provides a views field and filter that can be used to show users content that they haven t yet seen if you have one or more tracking modules installed on your site see the related topics listed below for specific tasks  ', 1787923659),
(40, 'ja', 'help_search', ' tracking the content of your website tracking overview the core history module tracks how recently users have viewed content items and provides a views field and filter that can be used to show users content that they haven t yet seen if you have one or more tracking modules installed on your site see the related topics listed below for specific tasks  ', 1787923659),
(40, 'ko', 'help_search', ' tracking the content of your website tracking overview the core history module tracks how recently users have viewed content items and provides a views field and filter that can be used to show users content that they haven t yet seen if you have one or more tracking modules installed on your site see the related topics listed below for specific tasks  ', 1787923659),
(41, 'en', 'help_search', ' working with languages and translations what text can be translated in your site  there are three types of text that can be translated content blocks content items etc can be written in english or another language and can be translated into additional languages see managing content structure to learn more about content many configuration items also include text that can be translated default configuration provided by your site s software is provided in english you can also download communityprovided translations see managing and deploying configuration to learn more about configuration user interface text that is provided by the core software your install profile themes and modules is provided in english but can be translated into other languages you can also download translations that communitymembers have provided working with languages overview the core language module lets you add new languages to your site provides the language switcher block and provides the ability to configure block visibility by language the block and block visibility settings are only available if you have multiple languages configured the core content translation configuration translation and interface translation modules let you translate content configuration and the builtin user interface respectively the core update manager module manages automatic downloads of communityprovided translations of default configuration and userinterface text see the related topics listed below for specific tasks  ', 1787923659),
(41, 'ja', 'help_search', ' working with languages and translations what text can be translated in your site  there are three types of text that can be translated content blocks content items etc can be written in english or another language and can be translated into additional languages see managing content structure to learn more about content many configuration items also include text that can be translated default configuration provided by your site s software is provided in english you can also download communityprovided translations see managing and deploying configuration to learn more about configuration user interface text that is provided by the core software your install profile themes and modules is provided in english but can be translated into other languages you can also download translations that communitymembers have provided working with languages overview the core language module lets you add new languages to your site provides the language switcher block and provides the ability to configure block visibility by language the block and block visibility settings are only available if you have multiple languages configured the core content translation configuration translation and interface translation modules let you translate content configuration and the builtin user interface respectively the core update manager module manages automatic downloads of communityprovided translations of default configuration and userinterface text see the related topics listed below for specific tasks  ', 1787923659),
(41, 'ko', 'help_search', ' working with languages and translations what text can be translated in your site  there are three types of text that can be translated content blocks content items etc can be written in english or another language and can be translated into additional languages see managing content structure to learn more about content many configuration items also include text that can be translated default configuration provided by your site s software is provided in english you can also download communityprovided translations see managing and deploying configuration to learn more about configuration user interface text that is provided by the core software your install profile themes and modules is provided in english but can be translated into other languages you can also download translations that communitymembers have provided working with languages overview the core language module lets you add new languages to your site provides the language switcher block and provides the ability to configure block visibility by language the block and block visibility settings are only available if you have multiple languages configured the core content translation configuration translation and interface translation modules let you translate content configuration and the builtin user interface respectively the core update manager module manages automatic downloads of communityprovided translations of default configuration and userinterface text see the related topics listed below for specific tasks  ', 1787923659),
(42, 'en', 'help_search', ' accessibility of the administrative interface overview of accessibility the core administrative interface has builtin compliance with many accessibility standards so that most pages are accessible to most users in their default state however certain pages become more accessible to some users through the use of a nondefault or improved interface these interfaces include disabling draganddrop functionality the default draganddrop user interface for ordering tables in the administrative interface presents a challenge for some users including keyboardonly users and users of screen readers and other assistive technology the draganddrop interface can be disabled in a table by clicking a link labeled show row weights above the table the replacement interface allows users to order the table by choosing numerical weights with increasing numbers instead of dragging table rows enabling inline form errors errors that occur when you submit a form such as not filling in a required field are sometimes difficult for users to understand and locate in order to make these errors easier to find the best practice is to put a summary of the errors at the top of the form page to make them easier to understand the best practice is to display error messages with the form fields they are related to both of these practices are implemented by the core inline form errors module  ', 1787923659),
(42, 'ja', 'help_search', ' accessibility of the administrative interface overview of accessibility the core administrative interface has builtin compliance with many accessibility standards so that most pages are accessible to most users in their default state however certain pages become more accessible to some users through the use of a nondefault or improved interface these interfaces include disabling draganddrop functionality the default draganddrop user interface for ordering tables in the administrative interface presents a challenge for some users including keyboardonly users and users of screen readers and other assistive technology the draganddrop interface can be disabled in a table by clicking a link labeled show row weights above the table the replacement interface allows users to order the table by choosing numerical weights with increasing numbers instead of dragging table rows enabling inline form errors errors that occur when you submit a form such as not filling in a required field are sometimes difficult for users to understand and locate in order to make these errors easier to find the best practice is to put a summary of the errors at the top of the form page to make them easier to understand the best practice is to display error messages with the form fields they are related to both of these practices are implemented by the core inline form errors module  ', 1787923659),
(42, 'ko', 'help_search', ' accessibility of the administrative interface overview of accessibility the core administrative interface has builtin compliance with many accessibility standards so that most pages are accessible to most users in their default state however certain pages become more accessible to some users through the use of a nondefault or improved interface these interfaces include disabling draganddrop functionality the default draganddrop user interface for ordering tables in the administrative interface presents a challenge for some users including keyboardonly users and users of screen readers and other assistive technology the draganddrop interface can be disabled in a table by clicking a link labeled show row weights above the table the replacement interface allows users to order the table by choosing numerical weights with increasing numbers instead of dragging table rows enabling inline form errors errors that occur when you submit a form such as not filling in a required field are sometimes difficult for users to understand and locate in order to make these errors easier to find the best practice is to put a summary of the errors at the top of the form page to make them easier to understand the best practice is to display error messages with the form fields they are related to both of these practices are implemented by the core inline form errors module  ', 1787923659),
(43, 'en', 'help_search', ' using the administrative interface what administrative interface components are available  the following administrative interface components are provided by the core software and its modules some contributed modules offer additional functionality accessibility features to enable all users to perform administrative tasks see accessibility of the administrative interface for more information a menu system which you can navigate to find pages for administrative tasks the core toolbar module displays this menu on the top or left side of the page right side in righttoleft languages there are also contributed module replacements for the core toolbar module with additional features such as the admin toolbar module  the core shortcuts module enhances the toolbar with a configurable list of links to commonlyused tasks if you install the core contextual links module nonadministrative pages will contain links leading to related administrative tasks inplace or quick editing inplace editing of configuration is provided by the core settings tray module see using inline quick settings editing for more information the core help module displays help topics and provides a help block that can be placed on administrative pages to provide an overview of their functionality what are the sections of the administrative menu  the administrative menu which you can navigate by visiting  admin on your site or by using an administrative toolbar has the following sections some may not be available depending on which modules are currently installed on your site and your permissions  content  find manage and create new pages manage comments and files structure  place and edit blocks set up content types and fields configure menus administer taxonomy and configure some contributed modules appearance  switch between themes install themes and update existing themes extend  update install and uninstall modules configuration  configure the settings for various site functionality including some contributed modules people  manage user accounts and permissions reports  display information about site security necessary updates and site activity help  get help on using the administrative interface administrative interface overview install the core modules mentioned above to use the corresponding aspect of the administrative interface see the related topics listed below for more details on some aspects of the administrative interface  ', 1787923659),
(43, 'ja', 'help_search', ' using the administrative interface what administrative interface components are available  the following administrative interface components are provided by the core software and its modules some contributed modules offer additional functionality accessibility features to enable all users to perform administrative tasks see accessibility of the administrative interface for more information a menu system which you can navigate to find pages for administrative tasks the core toolbar module displays this menu on the top or left side of the page right side in righttoleft languages there are also contributed module replacements for the core toolbar module with additional features such as the admin toolbar module  the core shortcuts module enhances the toolbar with a configurable list of links to commonlyused tasks if you install the core contextual links module nonadministrative pages will contain links leading to related administrative tasks inplace or quick editing inplace editing of configuration is provided by the core settings tray module see using inline quick settings editing for more information the core help module displays help topics and provides a help block that can be placed on administrative pages to provide an overview of their functionality what are the sections of the administrative menu  the administrative menu which you can navigate by visiting  admin on your site or by using an administrative toolbar has the following sections some may not be available depending on which modules are currently installed on your site and your permissions  content  find manage and create new pages manage comments and files structure  place and edit blocks set up content types and fields configure menus administer taxonomy and configure some contributed modules appearance  switch between themes install themes and update existing themes extend  update install and uninstall modules configuration  configure the settings for various site functionality including some contributed modules people  manage user accounts and permissions reports  display information about site security necessary updates and site activity help  get help on using the administrative interface administrative interface overview install the core modules mentioned above to use the corresponding aspect of the administrative interface see the related topics listed below for more details on some aspects of the administrative interface  ', 1787923659);
INSERT INTO `search_dataset` (`sid`, `langcode`, `type`, `data`, `reindex`) VALUES
(43, 'ko', 'help_search', ' using the administrative interface what administrative interface components are available  the following administrative interface components are provided by the core software and its modules some contributed modules offer additional functionality accessibility features to enable all users to perform administrative tasks see accessibility of the administrative interface for more information a menu system which you can navigate to find pages for administrative tasks the core toolbar module displays this menu on the top or left side of the page right side in righttoleft languages there are also contributed module replacements for the core toolbar module with additional features such as the admin toolbar module  the core shortcuts module enhances the toolbar with a configurable list of links to commonlyused tasks if you install the core contextual links module nonadministrative pages will contain links leading to related administrative tasks inplace or quick editing inplace editing of configuration is provided by the core settings tray module see using inline quick settings editing for more information the core help module displays help topics and provides a help block that can be placed on administrative pages to provide an overview of their functionality what are the sections of the administrative menu  the administrative menu which you can navigate by visiting  admin on your site or by using an administrative toolbar has the following sections some may not be available depending on which modules are currently installed on your site and your permissions  content  find manage and create new pages manage comments and files structure  place and edit blocks set up content types and fields configure menus administer taxonomy and configure some contributed modules appearance  switch between themes install themes and update existing themes extend  update install and uninstall modules configuration  configure the settings for various site functionality including some contributed modules people  manage user accounts and permissions reports  display information about site security necessary updates and site activity help  get help on using the administrative interface administrative interface overview install the core modules mentioned above to use the corresponding aspect of the administrative interface see the related topics listed below for more details on some aspects of the administrative interface  ', 1787923659),
(44, 'en', 'help_search', ' enabling web services what is a web service  a web service allows your site to provide its content and data to other web sites and applications typically the data is transported via http in a serialized machinereadable format what is serialization  serialization is the process of converting complex data structures into text strings so that they can be exchanged and stored the reverse process is called deserialization  json and xml are the two mostcommonlyused data serialization formats for web services what is http basic authentication  http basic authentication is a method for authenticating requests by sending a user name and password along with the request what modules provide web services  the following core software modules provide web services json api module exposes entities to other applications using a fully compliant implementation of the json api specification  see managing content structure for more information on content entities and fields restful web services module exposes entities and other resources to other applications using a rest implementation data is exchanged using a serialization format such as json and transferred using an authentication method such as http basic authentication serialization module provides a framework for adding specific serialization formats for other modules to use http basic authentication module provides a way for web services to be authenticated using http basic authentication against site user accounts there are also contributed modules that provide web services additional resources online documentation for the restful web services module online documentation for the json api module comparison of the restful web services and json api modules ', 1787923659),
(44, 'ja', 'help_search', ' enabling web services what is a web service  a web service allows your site to provide its content and data to other web sites and applications typically the data is transported via http in a serialized machinereadable format what is serialization  serialization is the process of converting complex data structures into text strings so that they can be exchanged and stored the reverse process is called deserialization  json and xml are the two mostcommonlyused data serialization formats for web services what is http basic authentication  http basic authentication is a method for authenticating requests by sending a user name and password along with the request what modules provide web services  the following core software modules provide web services json api module exposes entities to other applications using a fully compliant implementation of the json api specification  see managing content structure for more information on content entities and fields restful web services module exposes entities and other resources to other applications using a rest implementation data is exchanged using a serialization format such as json and transferred using an authentication method such as http basic authentication serialization module provides a framework for adding specific serialization formats for other modules to use http basic authentication module provides a way for web services to be authenticated using http basic authentication against site user accounts there are also contributed modules that provide web services additional resources online documentation for the restful web services module online documentation for the json api module comparison of the restful web services and json api modules ', 1787923659),
(44, 'ko', 'help_search', ' enabling web services what is a web service  a web service allows your site to provide its content and data to other web sites and applications typically the data is transported via http in a serialized machinereadable format what is serialization  serialization is the process of converting complex data structures into text strings so that they can be exchanged and stored the reverse process is called deserialization  json and xml are the two mostcommonlyused data serialization formats for web services what is http basic authentication  http basic authentication is a method for authenticating requests by sending a user name and password along with the request what modules provide web services  the following core software modules provide web services json api module exposes entities to other applications using a fully compliant implementation of the json api specification  see managing content structure for more information on content entities and fields restful web services module exposes entities and other resources to other applications using a rest implementation data is exchanged using a serialization format such as json and transferred using an authentication method such as http basic authentication serialization module provides a framework for adding specific serialization formats for other modules to use http basic authentication module provides a way for web services to be authenticated using http basic authentication against site user accounts there are also contributed modules that provide web services additional resources online documentation for the restful web services module online documentation for the json api module comparison of the restful web services and json api modules ', 1787923659),
(45, 'en', 'help_search', ' configuring help search goal set up your site so that users can search for help steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to extend  verify that the search help and block modules are installed or install them if they are not already installed in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   search and metadata   search pages  verify that a help search page is listed in the search pages section if not add a new page of type help  check the indexing status of the help search page if it is not fully indexed see running and configuring cron about how to run cron until indexing is complete in the future you can click rebuild search index on this page or clearing the site cache in order to force help topic text to be reindexed for searching this should be done whenever a module theme language or string translation is updated in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   block layout  click the link for your administrative theme such as the core claro theme near the top of the page and verify that there is already a search block for help located in the help region if not follow the steps in the related topic to place the search form block in the help region when configuring the block choose help as the search page and in the pages tab under visibility  enter  admin help to make the search form only visible on the main help page in the manage administrative menu navigate to help  verify that the search block is visible and try a search  ', 1787923659),
(45, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configuring help search goal set up your site so that users can search for help steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to extend  verify that the search help and block modules are installed or install them if they are not already installed in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   search and metadata   search pages  verify that a help search page is listed in the search pages section if not add a new page of type help  check the indexing status of the help search page if it is not fully indexed see running and configuring cron about how to run cron until indexing is complete in the future you can click rebuild search index on this page or clearing the site cache in order to force help topic text to be reindexed for searching this should be done whenever a module theme language or string translation is updated in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   block layout  click the link for your administrative theme such as the core claro theme near the top of the page and verify that there is already a search block for help located in the help region if not follow the steps in the related topic to place the search form block in the help region when configuring the block choose help as the search page and in the pages tab under visibility  enter  admin help to make the search form only visible on the main help page in the manage administrative menu navigate to help  verify that the search block is visible and try a search  ', 1787923659),
(45, 'ko', 'help_search', ' configuring help search goal set up your site so that users can search for help steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to extend  verify that the search help and block modules are installed or install them if they are not already installed in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   search and metadata   search pages  verify that a help search page is listed in the search pages section if not add a new page of type help  check the indexing status of the help search page if it is not fully indexed see running and configuring cron about how to run cron until indexing is complete in the future you can click rebuild search index on this page or clearing the site cache in order to force help topic text to be reindexed for searching this should be done whenever a module theme language or string translation is updated in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   block layout  click the link for your administrative theme such as the core claro theme near the top of the page and verify that there is already a search block for help located in the help region if not follow the steps in the related topic to place the search form block in the help region when configuring the block choose help as the search page and in the pages tab under visibility  enter  admin help to make the search form only visible on the main help page in the manage administrative menu navigate to help  verify that the search block is visible and try a search  ', 1787923659),
(46, 'en', 'help_search', ' working with help topics what is a help topic  a help topic describes a concept or steps to accomplish a task related to a feature provided by one or more modules or themes if the core search module is enabled these topics are also searchable where are help topics listed  the toplevel help topics are listed at help links to other topics including nontoplevel help topics can be found under the related heading when viewing a topic page how are help topics provided  modules and themes can provide help topics as twigfilebased plugins in a project subdirectory called helptopics  plugin metadata is provided in yaml front matter within each twig file pluginbased help topics provided by modules and themes will automatically be updated when a module or theme is updated use the plugins in core modules help helptopics as a guide when writing and formatting a help topic plugin for your theme or module how are help topics translated  the title and body text of help topics provided by contributed modules and themes are translatable using user interface translation provided by interface translation module topics provided by custom modules and themes are also translatable if they have been viewed at least once in a nonenglish language which triggers putting their translatable text into the translation database how can users search for help topics  to enable users to search help including help topics you will need to install the core search module configure a search page and add a search block to the help page or another administrative page a search page is provided automatically and if you use the core claro administrative theme a help search block is shown on the main help page then users with search permissions and permission to view help will be able to search help see the related topic configuring help search for stepbystep instructions additional resources help topics standards ', 1787923659),
(46, 'ja', 'help_search', ' working with help topics what is a help topic  a help topic describes a concept or steps to accomplish a task related to a feature provided by one or more modules or themes if the core search module is enabled these topics are also searchable where are help topics listed  the toplevel help topics are listed at help links to other topics including nontoplevel help topics can be found under the related heading when viewing a topic page how are help topics provided  modules and themes can provide help topics as twigfilebased plugins in a project subdirectory called helptopics  plugin metadata is provided in yaml front matter within each twig file pluginbased help topics provided by modules and themes will automatically be updated when a module or theme is updated use the plugins in core modules help helptopics as a guide when writing and formatting a help topic plugin for your theme or module how are help topics translated  the title and body text of help topics provided by contributed modules and themes are translatable using user interface translation provided by interface translation module topics provided by custom modules and themes are also translatable if they have been viewed at least once in a nonenglish language which triggers putting their translatable text into the translation database how can users search for help topics  to enable users to search help including help topics you will need to install the core search module configure a search page and add a search block to the help page or another administrative page a search page is provided automatically and if you use the core claro administrative theme a help search block is shown on the main help page then users with search permissions and permission to view help will be able to search help see the related topic configuring help search for stepbystep instructions additional resources help topics standards ', 1787923659),
(46, 'ko', 'help_search', ' working with help topics what is a help topic  a help topic describes a concept or steps to accomplish a task related to a feature provided by one or more modules or themes if the core search module is enabled these topics are also searchable where are help topics listed  the toplevel help topics are listed at help links to other topics including nontoplevel help topics can be found under the related heading when viewing a topic page how are help topics provided  modules and themes can provide help topics as twigfilebased plugins in a project subdirectory called helptopics  plugin metadata is provided in yaml front matter within each twig file pluginbased help topics provided by modules and themes will automatically be updated when a module or theme is updated use the plugins in core modules help helptopics as a guide when writing and formatting a help topic plugin for your theme or module how are help topics translated  the title and body text of help topics provided by contributed modules and themes are translatable using user interface translation provided by interface translation module topics provided by custom modules and themes are also translatable if they have been viewed at least once in a nonenglish language which triggers putting their translatable text into the translation database how can users search for help topics  to enable users to search help including help topics you will need to install the core search module configure a search page and add a search block to the help page or another administrative page a search page is provided automatically and if you use the core claro administrative theme a help search block is shown on the main help page then users with search permissions and permission to view help will be able to search help see the related topic configuring help search for stepbystep instructions additional resources help topics standards ', 1787923659),
(47, 'en', 'help_search', ' tracking which content a user has visited what content visits are tracked  the core history module tracks when each loggedin user has most recently visited each content item page on the site this allows content to be marked as new or updated for each user meaning that it was newly created or has been updated since the last time they visited its page these records are kept for one month meaning that content older than one month is never marked as new or updated what options are available for using this tracking information  you can display the new updated status of content by creating or editing a view there is a has new content field for content views which displays the new updated marker there is also a has new content filter which limits the view to new and updated content  ', 1787923659),
(47, 'ja', 'help_search', ' tracking which content a user has visited what content visits are tracked  the core history module tracks when each loggedin user has most recently visited each content item page on the site this allows content to be marked as new or updated for each user meaning that it was newly created or has been updated since the last time they visited its page these records are kept for one month meaning that content older than one month is never marked as new or updated what options are available for using this tracking information  you can display the new updated status of content by creating or editing a view there is a has new content field for content views which displays the new updated marker there is also a has new content filter which limits the view to new and updated content  ', 1787923659),
(47, 'ko', 'help_search', ' tracking which content a user has visited what content visits are tracked  the core history module tracks when each loggedin user has most recently visited each content item page on the site this allows content to be marked as new or updated for each user meaning that it was newly created or has been updated since the last time they visited its page these records are kept for one month meaning that content older than one month is never marked as new or updated what options are available for using this tracking information  you can display the new updated status of content by creating or editing a view there is a has new content field for content views which displays the new updated marker there is also a has new content filter which limits the view to new and updated content  ', 1787923659),
(48, 'en', 'help_search', ' adding an image style goal add a new image style which can be used to process and display images see managing media for an overview of image styles steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   media  image styles click add image style  enter a descriptive image style name  and click create new style  under effect  choose an effect to apply and click add  configure the effect on the next page most effects require some additional configuration after they are added for example for the crop effect enter the width and height to crop the image to and choose the anchor point click add effect  repeat the previous two steps until all of the effects have been added drag to change the order of the effects then click save to save the new order the image style can now be used to format a field containing an image in your layouts or traditional field displays it can also be used as part of a responsive image style see related topics below for more information  ', 1787923659),
(48, 'ja', 'help_search', ' adding an image style goal add a new image style which can be used to process and display images see managing media for an overview of image styles steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   media  image styles click add image style  enter a descriptive image style name  and click create new style  under effect  choose an effect to apply and click add  configure the effect on the next page most effects require some additional configuration after they are added for example for the crop effect enter the width and height to crop the image to and choose the anchor point click add effect  repeat the previous two steps until all of the effects have been added drag to change the order of the effects then click save to save the new order the image style can now be used to format a field containing an image in your layouts or traditional field displays it can also be used as part of a responsive image style see related topics below for more information  ', 1787923659),
(48, 'ko', 'help_search', ' adding an image style goal add a new image style which can be used to process and display images see managing media for an overview of image styles steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   media  image styles click add image style  enter a descriptive image style name  and click create new style  under effect  choose an effect to apply and click add  configure the effect on the next page most effects require some additional configuration after they are added for example for the crop effect enter the width and height to crop the image to and choose the anchor point click add effect  repeat the previous two steps until all of the effects have been added drag to change the order of the effects then click save to save the new order the image style can now be used to format a field containing an image in your layouts or traditional field displays it can also be used as part of a responsive image style see related topics below for more information  ', 1787923659),
(49, 'en', 'help_search', ' adding a language goal add a language to your site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language  languages click add language  if your language is in the language name list select it and click add language  if your language is not in the list select custom language  and enter the language code   language name  and direction for the language click add custom language  wait for the translation system to be updated also if you have the core update manager module installed and translations are available for your language wait for translations to be downloaded you should be returned to the languages page when this completes  ', 1787923659),
(49, 'ja', 'help_search', ' adding a language goal add a language to your site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language  languages click add language  if your language is in the language name list select it and click add language  if your language is not in the list select custom language  and enter the language code   language name  and direction for the language click add custom language  wait for the translation system to be updated also if you have the core update manager module installed and translations are available for your language wait for translations to be downloaded you should be returned to the languages page when this completes  ', 1787923659),
(49, 'ko', 'help_search', ' adding a language goal add a language to your site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language  languages click add language  if your language is in the language name list select it and click add language  if your language is not in the list select custom language  and enter the language code   language name  and direction for the language click add custom language  wait for the translation system to be updated also if you have the core update manager module installed and translations are available for your language wait for translations to be downloaded you should be returned to the languages page when this completes  ', 1787923659),
(50, 'en', 'help_search', ' configuring language detection and selection goal configure the methods used to decide which language will be used to display text on your site what is a language detection method  a language detection method is a way for your site to decide what language should be used to display text this decision is made by evaluating a series of detection methods for languages the first detection method that gets a result will determine which language is used if you have more than one language on your site you can configure the detection methods that are used and the order they are evaluated for both user interface text and content text configuration text always uses the interface text method and most sites use the same detection methods for all types of text what language detection methods are available  the available detection methods depend on what modules you have installed some of the most commonlyused language detection methods are url use the language from the url which can either be in a path prefix like examplecom fr pagepath for french fr language or in a domain like frexamplecom pagepath  user for logged in users use the language they have set in their profiles browser use the language preferences from the user s browser selected language use the language most recently selected from a language switcher block session use the language from a session parameter or a request parameter for example adding  language fr to the end of the url steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   languages  detection and selection check the boxes to enable the desired language detection methods and uncheck boxes for the methods you do not want to use drag the methods to change their order if desired click save settings  click configure on each enabled detection method and verify that its configuration is correct or update the configuration if not  ', 1787923659),
(50, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configuring language detection and selection goal configure the methods used to decide which language will be used to display text on your site what is a language detection method  a language detection method is a way for your site to decide what language should be used to display text this decision is made by evaluating a series of detection methods for languages the first detection method that gets a result will determine which language is used if you have more than one language on your site you can configure the detection methods that are used and the order they are evaluated for both user interface text and content text configuration text always uses the interface text method and most sites use the same detection methods for all types of text what language detection methods are available  the available detection methods depend on what modules you have installed some of the most commonlyused language detection methods are url use the language from the url which can either be in a path prefix like examplecom fr pagepath for french fr language or in a domain like frexamplecom pagepath  user for logged in users use the language they have set in their profiles browser use the language preferences from the user s browser selected language use the language most recently selected from a language switcher block session use the language from a session parameter or a request parameter for example adding  language fr to the end of the url steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   languages  detection and selection check the boxes to enable the desired language detection methods and uncheck boxes for the methods you do not want to use drag the methods to change their order if desired click save settings  click configure on each enabled detection method and verify that its configuration is correct or update the configuration if not  ', 1787923659),
(50, 'ko', 'help_search', ' configuring language detection and selection goal configure the methods used to decide which language will be used to display text on your site what is a language detection method  a language detection method is a way for your site to decide what language should be used to display text this decision is made by evaluating a series of detection methods for languages the first detection method that gets a result will determine which language is used if you have more than one language on your site you can configure the detection methods that are used and the order they are evaluated for both user interface text and content text configuration text always uses the interface text method and most sites use the same detection methods for all types of text what language detection methods are available  the available detection methods depend on what modules you have installed some of the most commonlyused language detection methods are url use the language from the url which can either be in a path prefix like examplecom fr pagepath for french fr language or in a domain like frexamplecom pagepath  user for logged in users use the language they have set in their profiles browser use the language preferences from the user s browser selected language use the language most recently selected from a language switcher block session use the language from a session parameter or a request parameter for example adding  language fr to the end of the url steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   languages  detection and selection check the boxes to enable the desired language detection methods and uncheck boxes for the methods you do not want to use drag the methods to change their order if desired click save settings  click configure on each enabled detection method and verify that its configuration is correct or update the configuration if not  ', 1787923659),
(51, 'en', 'help_search', ' importing a translation file goal import a file po extension containing translations for user interface text steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   user interface translation  import browse to find the translation file you want to import select the language and check the desired import options click import and wait for your file to be imported  ', 1787923659),
(51, 'ja', 'help_search', ' importing a translation file goal import a file po extension containing translations for user interface text steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   user interface translation  import browse to find the translation file you want to import select the language and check the desired import options click import and wait for your file to be imported  ', 1787923659),
(51, 'ko', 'help_search', ' importing a translation file goal import a file po extension containing translations for user interface text steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   user interface translation  import browse to find the translation file you want to import select the language and check the desired import options click import and wait for your file to be imported  ', 1787923659),
(52, 'en', 'help_search', ' translating user interface text goal translate user interface text strings from english into a nonenglish language that is configured on your site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language  user interface translation using the filters search for a string or set of strings that you want to translate make sure to select the correct translation language if you have more than one nonenglish language on your site enter new translations and click save translations  repeat these steps until all of the desired user interface text is translated for all languages on your site  ', 1787923659),
(52, 'ja', 'help_search', ' translating user interface text goal translate user interface text strings from english into a nonenglish language that is configured on your site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language  user interface translation using the filters search for a string or set of strings that you want to translate make sure to select the correct translation language if you have more than one nonenglish language on your site enter new translations and click save translations  repeat these steps until all of the desired user interface text is translated for all languages on your site  ', 1787923659),
(52, 'ko', 'help_search', ' translating user interface text goal translate user interface text strings from english into a nonenglish language that is configured on your site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language  user interface translation using the filters search for a string or set of strings that you want to translate make sure to select the correct translation language if you have more than one nonenglish language on your site enter new translations and click save translations  repeat these steps until all of the desired user interface text is translated for all languages on your site  ', 1787923659),
(53, 'en', 'help_search', ' checking interface translation status goal check the current status of interface translations and see if there are any updates available steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language  languages look at the interface translation column in the language table to find the percentage of user interface text that has been translated for each language in the manage administrative menu navigate to reports   available translation updates  this report is only available if the core update status module is installed optionally click check manually to update the report view the report to find out if any languages have translation updates that you can download  ', 1787923659),
(53, 'ja', 'help_search', ' checking interface translation status goal check the current status of interface translations and see if there are any updates available steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language  languages look at the interface translation column in the language table to find the percentage of user interface text that has been translated for each language in the manage administrative menu navigate to reports   available translation updates  this report is only available if the core update status module is installed optionally click check manually to update the report view the report to find out if any languages have translation updates that you can download  ', 1787923659),
(53, 'ko', 'help_search', ' checking interface translation status goal check the current status of interface translations and see if there are any updates available steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language  languages look at the interface translation column in the language table to find the percentage of user interface text that has been translated for each language in the manage administrative menu navigate to reports   available translation updates  this report is only available if the core update status module is installed optionally click check manually to update the report view the report to find out if any languages have translation updates that you can download  ', 1787923659),
(54, 'en', 'help_search', ' adding a new media type goal add a new media type that can be referenced in media reference fields media types are a content entity type see managing media for an overview of media items and media types and managing content structure for more information on content entities and fields steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure  media types if there is not already a media type for the type of media you want to use on your site click add media type  enter a name and description for your media type and select the media source  for most media sources there is additional information that will need to be stored with your media item in a field on your media type under media source configuration  select an existing field to reuse to store this information or select  create  to create a new field note the types of metadata in the field mapping section that can be mapped to fields on your media type click save  optionally add additional fields for the metadata noted above or for other information that you want to store to your media type by clicking on manage fields  see related topic below if you have added metadata fields click edit  under field mapping  select the fields you added for each piece of metadata information click save  you can now use this media type by adding a media reference field to any content entity subtype see related topic below  ', 1787923659),
(54, 'ja', 'help_search', ' adding a new media type goal add a new media type that can be referenced in media reference fields media types are a content entity type see managing media for an overview of media items and media types and managing content structure for more information on content entities and fields steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure  media types if there is not already a media type for the type of media you want to use on your site click add media type  enter a name and description for your media type and select the media source  for most media sources there is additional information that will need to be stored with your media item in a field on your media type under media source configuration  select an existing field to reuse to store this information or select  create  to create a new field note the types of metadata in the field mapping section that can be mapped to fields on your media type click save  optionally add additional fields for the metadata noted above or for other information that you want to store to your media type by clicking on manage fields  see related topic below if you have added metadata fields click edit  under field mapping  select the fields you added for each piece of metadata information click save  you can now use this media type by adding a media reference field to any content entity subtype see related topic below  ', 1787923659),
(54, 'ko', 'help_search', ' adding a new media type goal add a new media type that can be referenced in media reference fields media types are a content entity type see managing media for an overview of media items and media types and managing content structure for more information on content entities and fields steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure  media types if there is not already a media type for the type of media you want to use on your site click add media type  enter a name and description for your media type and select the media source  for most media sources there is additional information that will need to be stored with your media item in a field on your media type under media source configuration  select an existing field to reuse to store this information or select  create  to create a new field note the types of metadata in the field mapping section that can be mapped to fields on your media type click save  optionally add additional fields for the metadata noted above or for other information that you want to store to your media type by clicking on manage fields  see related topic below if you have added metadata fields click edit  under field mapping  select the fields you added for each piece of metadata information click save  you can now use this media type by adding a media reference field to any content entity subtype see related topic below  ', 1787923659),
(55, 'en', 'help_search', ' configure menu settings for a content type goal for an existing content type configure the available menus that will be shown as options on content editing screens links to content items of this type can be added to these menus during editing steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure  content types locate the content type you want to configure and click edit in the operations list under menu settings  check the menus that you want to be available when editing a content item of this type optionally select the default parent item  to put links to content items under a default location in the menu structure click save   ', 1787923659),
(55, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configure menu settings for a content type goal for an existing content type configure the available menus that will be shown as options on content editing screens links to content items of this type can be added to these menus during editing steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure  content types locate the content type you want to configure and click edit in the operations list under menu settings  check the menus that you want to be available when editing a content item of this type optionally select the default parent item  to put links to content items under a default location in the menu structure click save   ', 1787923659),
(55, 'ko', 'help_search', ' configure menu settings for a content type goal for an existing content type configure the available menus that will be shown as options on content editing screens links to content items of this type can be added to these menus during editing steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure  content types locate the content type you want to configure and click edit in the operations list under menu settings  check the menus that you want to be available when editing a content item of this type optionally select the default parent item  to put links to content items under a default location in the menu structure click save   ', 1787923659),
(56, 'en', 'help_search', ' adding a link to a menu goal add a link to a menu note that you can also add a link to a menu from the content edit page if menu settings have been configured for the content type steps in the manage administration menu navigate to structure  menus locate the desired menu and click add link in the operations list enter the menu link title to be displayed enter the link  one of the following an internal path such as  node add a full external url start typing the title of a content item and select it when the full title comes up  nolink  to display the menu link title as plain text without a link  front  to link to the front page of your site make sure that enabled is checked if not the menu link will not be displayed optionally enter a description  which will be displayed when a user hovers over the link optionally check show as expanded to automatically show the children of this link if any when this link is shown optionally select the parent link  if this menu link should be a child of another menu link click save  you will be returned to the add link page to add another link in the manage administration menu navigate to structure  menus locate the menu you just added a link to and click edit in the operations list verify that the order of links is correct if it is not drag menu links until the order is correct and click save   ', 1787923659),
(56, 'ja', 'help_search', ' adding a link to a menu goal add a link to a menu note that you can also add a link to a menu from the content edit page if menu settings have been configured for the content type steps in the manage administration menu navigate to structure  menus locate the desired menu and click add link in the operations list enter the menu link title to be displayed enter the link  one of the following an internal path such as  node add a full external url start typing the title of a content item and select it when the full title comes up  nolink  to display the menu link title as plain text without a link  front  to link to the front page of your site make sure that enabled is checked if not the menu link will not be displayed optionally enter a description  which will be displayed when a user hovers over the link optionally check show as expanded to automatically show the children of this link if any when this link is shown optionally select the parent link  if this menu link should be a child of another menu link click save  you will be returned to the add link page to add another link in the manage administration menu navigate to structure  menus locate the menu you just added a link to and click edit in the operations list verify that the order of links is correct if it is not drag menu links until the order is correct and click save   ', 1787923659),
(56, 'ko', 'help_search', ' adding a link to a menu goal add a link to a menu note that you can also add a link to a menu from the content edit page if menu settings have been configured for the content type steps in the manage administration menu navigate to structure  menus locate the desired menu and click add link in the operations list enter the menu link title to be displayed enter the link  one of the following an internal path such as  node add a full external url start typing the title of a content item and select it when the full title comes up  nolink  to display the menu link title as plain text without a link  front  to link to the front page of your site make sure that enabled is checked if not the menu link will not be displayed optionally enter a description  which will be displayed when a user hovers over the link optionally check show as expanded to automatically show the children of this link if any when this link is shown optionally select the parent link  if this menu link should be a child of another menu link click save  you will be returned to the add link page to add another link in the manage administration menu navigate to structure  menus locate the menu you just added a link to and click edit in the operations list verify that the order of links is correct if it is not drag menu links until the order is correct and click save   ', 1787923659),
(57, 'en', 'help_search', ' creating a menu goal create a new menu steps in the manage administration menu navigate structure  menus click add menu  enter the title for the menu which is used as the default block title if the menu is displayed as a block if desired also edit the machine name of the menu which is by default derived from the title enter an administrative summary which is displayed on the menus page if your site has more than one language choose the language for the menu click save  you will be on the menu editing page ready to add links to the menu if the core custom menu links module is installed see related topics for further tasks  ', 1787923659),
(57, 'ja', 'help_search', ' creating a menu goal create a new menu steps in the manage administration menu navigate structure  menus click add menu  enter the title for the menu which is used as the default block title if the menu is displayed as a block if desired also edit the machine name of the menu which is by default derived from the title enter an administrative summary which is displayed on the menus page if your site has more than one language choose the language for the menu click save  you will be on the menu editing page ready to add links to the menu if the core custom menu links module is installed see related topics for further tasks  ', 1787923659),
(57, 'ko', 'help_search', ' creating a menu goal create a new menu steps in the manage administration menu navigate structure  menus click add menu  enter the title for the menu which is used as the default block title if the menu is displayed as a block if desired also edit the machine name of the menu which is by default derived from the title enter an administrative summary which is displayed on the menus page if your site has more than one language choose the language for the menu click save  you will be on the menu editing page ready to add links to the menu if the core custom menu links module is installed see related topics for further tasks  ', 1787923659);
INSERT INTO `search_dataset` (`sid`, `langcode`, `type`, `data`, `reindex`) VALUES
(58, 'en', 'help_search', ' reordering and disabling menu links goal disable menu links or change the order and hierarchy of menu links steps in the manage administration menu navigate to structure  menus click edit menu for the menu that you want to edit drag menu links into a new order or check uncheck enabled to enable or disable menu links click save to save your changes  ', 1787923659),
(58, 'ja', 'help_search', ' reordering and disabling menu links goal disable menu links or change the order and hierarchy of menu links steps in the manage administration menu navigate to structure  menus click edit menu for the menu that you want to edit drag menu links into a new order or check uncheck enabled to enable or disable menu links click save to save your changes  ', 1787923659),
(58, 'ko', 'help_search', ' reordering and disabling menu links goal disable menu links or change the order and hierarchy of menu links steps in the manage administration menu navigate to structure  menus click edit menu for the menu that you want to edit drag menu links into a new order or check uncheck enabled to enable or disable menu links click save to save your changes  ', 1787923659),
(59, 'en', 'help_search', ' creating a content item goal create and publish a content item see managing content for more about content types and content items who can create content  users with the access the content overview page permission can visit the content page as described in this topic each content type has its own create permissions for example to create content of type article a user would need the article create new content permission in addition users with the bypass content access control or administer content permission can create content items of all types some contributed modules change the permission structure for creating content steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to content  click add content  if there is more than one content type defined on your site that you have permission to create click the name of the type of content you want to create on the content edit form enter the title of your content which will show as the page title when the content item is displayed on a page and also as the label for the content item in administration screens fill in the other fields shown on the edit form for this specific content type leave the published field checked to publish the content immediately or uncheck it to make it unpublished unpublished content is generally not shown to nonadministrative site users optionally click preview to preview the content click save  you will see the content displayed on a page additional resources basic page management drupal user guide  creating a content item drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(59, 'ja', 'help_search', ' creating a content item goal create and publish a content item see managing content for more about content types and content items who can create content  users with the access the content overview page permission can visit the content page as described in this topic each content type has its own create permissions for example to create content of type article a user would need the article create new content permission in addition users with the bypass content access control or administer content permission can create content items of all types some contributed modules change the permission structure for creating content steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to content  click add content  if there is more than one content type defined on your site that you have permission to create click the name of the type of content you want to create on the content edit form enter the title of your content which will show as the page title when the content item is displayed on a page and also as the label for the content item in administration screens fill in the other fields shown on the edit form for this specific content type leave the published field checked to publish the content immediately or uncheck it to make it unpublished unpublished content is generally not shown to nonadministrative site users optionally click preview to preview the content click save  you will see the content displayed on a page additional resources basic page management drupal user guide  creating a content item drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(59, 'ko', 'help_search', ' creating a content item goal create and publish a content item see managing content for more about content types and content items who can create content  users with the access the content overview page permission can visit the content page as described in this topic each content type has its own create permissions for example to create content of type article a user would need the article create new content permission in addition users with the bypass content access control or administer content permission can create content items of all types some contributed modules change the permission structure for creating content steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to content  click add content  if there is more than one content type defined on your site that you have permission to create click the name of the type of content you want to create on the content edit form enter the title of your content which will show as the page title when the content item is displayed on a page and also as the label for the content item in administration screens fill in the other fields shown on the edit form for this specific content type leave the published field checked to publish the content immediately or uncheck it to make it unpublished unpublished content is generally not shown to nonadministrative site users optionally click preview to preview the content click save  you will see the content displayed on a page additional resources basic page management drupal user guide  creating a content item drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(60, 'en', 'help_search', ' creating a content type goal create a new content type see managing content for more about content types who can create a content type  users with the administer content types permission typically administrators can create new content types steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  click add content type in the name field enter a name for the content type which is how it will be listed in the administrative interface optionally enter a description for the content type you may also want to adjust some of the settings in the vertical tabs section of the edit page click save and manage fields  your content type will be created and assuming you have the core field ui module installed you will be taken to the manage fields page for the content type if you do not have the core field ui module installed the button will say save instead if you have the core field ui module installed follow the steps in the related topics to add fields to the new content type set up the editing form and configure the display additional resources adding a content type drupal user guide  setting up content structure drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(60, 'ja', 'help_search', ' creating a content type goal create a new content type see managing content for more about content types who can create a content type  users with the administer content types permission typically administrators can create new content types steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  click add content type in the name field enter a name for the content type which is how it will be listed in the administrative interface optionally enter a description for the content type you may also want to adjust some of the settings in the vertical tabs section of the edit page click save and manage fields  your content type will be created and assuming you have the core field ui module installed you will be taken to the manage fields page for the content type if you do not have the core field ui module installed the button will say save instead if you have the core field ui module installed follow the steps in the related topics to add fields to the new content type set up the editing form and configure the display additional resources adding a content type drupal user guide  setting up content structure drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(60, 'ko', 'help_search', ' creating a content type goal create a new content type see managing content for more about content types who can create a content type  users with the administer content types permission typically administrators can create new content types steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   content types  click add content type in the name field enter a name for the content type which is how it will be listed in the administrative interface optionally enter a description for the content type you may also want to adjust some of the settings in the vertical tabs section of the edit page click save and manage fields  your content type will be created and assuming you have the core field ui module installed you will be taken to the manage fields page for the content type if you do not have the core field ui module installed the button will say save instead if you have the core field ui module installed follow the steps in the related topics to add fields to the new content type set up the editing form and configure the display additional resources adding a content type drupal user guide  setting up content structure drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(61, 'en', 'help_search', ' editing a content item goal find a content item and edit it or update a group of content items in bulk see managing content for more about content types and content items who can find and edit content  users with the access the content overview page permission can use the content page to find content each content type has its own edit permissions for example to edit content of type article a user would need the article edit own content permission to edit an article they created or the article edit any content permission to edit an article someone else created in addition users with the bypass content access control or administer content permission can edit content items of all types some contributed modules change the permission structure for editing content steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to content  optionally use filters to reduce the list of content items shown  title  key word s from the title content type published status language if you enter or select filter values click filter to apply the filters optionally sort the list by clicking a column header click again to reverse the order to edit the title or other field values for one content item click edit in the row of the content item update the values and click save  a few types of edits can be done in bulk to multiple content items for example to publish several unpublished content items check the boxes in the left column right column in righttoleft languages to select the desired content items for action  select the publish content action click apply to selected items to make the change the other actions under action work in a similar manner additional resources basic page management drupal user guide  editing a content item drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(61, 'ja', 'help_search', ' editing a content item goal find a content item and edit it or update a group of content items in bulk see managing content for more about content types and content items who can find and edit content  users with the access the content overview page permission can use the content page to find content each content type has its own edit permissions for example to edit content of type article a user would need the article edit own content permission to edit an article they created or the article edit any content permission to edit an article someone else created in addition users with the bypass content access control or administer content permission can edit content items of all types some contributed modules change the permission structure for editing content steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to content  optionally use filters to reduce the list of content items shown  title  key word s from the title content type published status language if you enter or select filter values click filter to apply the filters optionally sort the list by clicking a column header click again to reverse the order to edit the title or other field values for one content item click edit in the row of the content item update the values and click save  a few types of edits can be done in bulk to multiple content items for example to publish several unpublished content items check the boxes in the left column right column in righttoleft languages to select the desired content items for action  select the publish content action click apply to selected items to make the change the other actions under action work in a similar manner additional resources basic page management drupal user guide  editing a content item drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(61, 'ko', 'help_search', ' editing a content item goal find a content item and edit it or update a group of content items in bulk see managing content for more about content types and content items who can find and edit content  users with the access the content overview page permission can use the content page to find content each content type has its own edit permissions for example to edit content of type article a user would need the article edit own content permission to edit an article they created or the article edit any content permission to edit an article someone else created in addition users with the bypass content access control or administer content permission can edit content items of all types some contributed modules change the permission structure for editing content steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to content  optionally use filters to reduce the list of content items shown  title  key word s from the title content type published status language if you enter or select filter values click filter to apply the filters optionally sort the list by clicking a column header click again to reverse the order to edit the title or other field values for one content item click edit in the row of the content item update the values and click save  a few types of edits can be done in bulk to multiple content items for example to publish several unpublished content items check the boxes in the left column right column in righttoleft languages to select the desired content items for action  select the publish content action click apply to selected items to make the change the other actions under action work in a similar manner additional resources basic page management drupal user guide  editing a content item drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(62, 'en', 'help_search', ' managing content what is a content item  a content item is a type of content entity for pagelevel content which can have fields that store text html markup images attached files and other data see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields what is a content type  content items are divided into content types  which are the entity subtypes for the content item entity type each content type has its own fields and display settings for example you might set up content types for pages articles recipes events and blog entries on your web site overview of managing content the core node module allows you to define content types and add and edit content items the core field ui module allows you to attach fields to each content type and manage the edit form and display for each content type see the related topics listed below for specific tasks many other core and contributed modules and installation profiles provide predefined content types modify the permission structure for content items and provide other functionality  ', 1787923659),
(62, 'en', 'node_search', ' starting from september 18th 2023 seize the opportunity to enroll in our exclusive jlpt n4 and n3 classes starting from september 18th 2023 seize the opportunity to enroll in our exclusive jlpt n4 and n3 classes admin fri 8252023 1200 starting from september 18th 2023 seize the opportunity to enroll in our exclusive jlpt n4 and n3 classes fri 8252023 943 starting from september 18th 2023 seize the opportunity to enroll in our exclusive jlpt n4 and n3 classes whether you re a beginner or looking to refine your language finesse our tailored courses have got you covered join hands with the renowned aye pa pa tun sensei a distinguished phd graduate from niigata university in japan with four years of dedicated expertise sensei brings a wealth of knowledge and experience to your language learning journey what awaits you comprehensive learning unparalleled growth sharpen your listening skills master reading comprehension polish your grammar expand your vocabulary conquer complex kanji characters partnering with new comet trading agency co ltd hit language center not only empowers your language journey but also offers invaluable assistance for training visas tokutei visas and student visas upon completion of courses you ll earn certificates that stand as a testament to your achievement dive into n4 and n3 class details n4 class  starting september 18 2023 schedule monday tuesday wednesday 3 months time 130 pm 330 pm fee 200000 mmk excluding textbook fee course materials minna no nihongo kanji nihongo challenge speed master dokkai speed master choukai nihongo no rokushiken jlpt old question n3 class  starting september 18 2023 schedule monday tuesday wednesday 3 months time 330 pm 530 pm fee 250000 mmk excluding textbook fee course materials soumatome kanji shinkensen master dokkai shinkensen master choukai shinkensen master bunpou n3 tango 2000 and goukaku dekiru n3 old question don t miss this golden opportunity to embrace the language of culture business and growth join the hit language center family and unlock a world of possibilities enroll today and let language mastery open doors to your future success phone 1 839330 1 8393344 1 8393393 9 775556677 viber 959 5556677 email  newcometagency gmailcom  website wwwnewcomettradingagencycom  ', 0),
(62, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing content what is a content item  a content item is a type of content entity for pagelevel content which can have fields that store text html markup images attached files and other data see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields what is a content type  content items are divided into content types  which are the entity subtypes for the content item entity type each content type has its own fields and display settings for example you might set up content types for pages articles recipes events and blog entries on your web site overview of managing content the core node module allows you to define content types and add and edit content items the core field ui module allows you to attach fields to each content type and manage the edit form and display for each content type see the related topics listed below for specific tasks many other core and contributed modules and installation profiles provide predefined content types modify the permission structure for content items and provide other functionality  ', 1787923659),
(62, 'ja', 'node_search', ' 2023 年 1 月 18 日から 独占的 占的な jlpt n4 および n3 クラス ラスの スの受 の受講 受講の 講のチ のチャ チャン ャンス ンスを スを掴 を掴ん 掴んで んでく でくだ くださ ださい 初心者 心者で 者でも 語学の 学の磨 の磨き 磨きを きをか をかけ かけた けたい たい方 い方で 方でも 私たち たちの ちのカ のカス カスタ スタマ タマイ マイズ イズさ ズされ された れたコ たコー コース ースが スがお がお手 お手伝 手伝い 伝いし いしま します  2023 年 1 月 18 日から 独占的 占的な jlpt n4 および n3 クラス ラスの スの受 の受講 受講の 講のチ のチャ チャン ャンス ンスを スを掴 を掴ん 掴んで んでく でくだ くださ ださい 初心者 心者で 者でも 語学の 学の磨 の磨き 磨きを きをか をかけ かけた けたい たい方 い方で 方でも 私たち たちの ちのカ のカス カスタ スタマ タマイ マイズ イズさ ズされ された れたコ たコー コース ースが スがお がお手 お手伝 手伝い 伝いし いしま します admin fri 8252023 1142 2023 年 1 月 18 日から 独占的 占的な jlpt n4 および n3 クラス ラスの スの受 の受講 受講の 講のチ のチャ チャン ャンス ンスを スを掴 を掴ん 掴んで んでく でくだ くださ ださい 初心者 心者で 者でも 語学の 学の磨 の磨き 磨きを きをか をかけ かけた けたい たい方 い方で 方でも 私たち たちの ちのカ のカス カスタ スタマ タマイ マイズ イズさ ズされ された れたコ たコー コース ースが スがお がお手 お手伝 手伝い 伝いし いしま します fri 8252023 943 2023 年 1 月 18 日から 独占的 占的な jlpt n4 および n3 クラス ラスの スの受 の受講 受講の 講のチ のチャ チャン ャンス ンスを スを掴 を掴ん 掴んで んでく でくだ くださ ださい 初心者 心者で 者でも 語学の 学の磨 の磨き 磨きを きをか をかけ かけた けたい たい方 い方で 方でも 私たち たちの ちのカ のカス カスタ スタマ タマイ マイズ イズさ ズされ された れたコ たコー コース ースが スがお がお手 お手伝 手伝い 伝いし いしま します 日本の 本の新 の新潟 新潟大 潟大学 大学を 学を卒 を卒業 卒業し 業した した名 た名だ 名だた だたる aye pa pa tun 先生と 生と手 と手を 手を取 を取り 取り合 り合い 合いま いまし ましょ しょう 4 年間の 間の専 の専門 専門知 門知識 知識と 識と経 と経験 経験を 験を提 を提供 提供す 供する する先 る先生 先生が あなた なたの たの言 の言語 言語学 語学習 学習の 習の旅 の旅を 旅をサ をサポ サポー ポート ートし トしま します あなた なたを たを待 を待つ 待つも つもの 包括的 括的な 的な学 な学習 比類な 類なき なき成 き成長 聴解力 解力を 力を磨 を磨く 読解力 解力を 力をマ をマス マスタ スター ターす ーする 文法を 法を磨 を磨く 語彙を 彙を拡 を拡張 拡張す 張する 複雑な 雑な漢 な漢字 漢字を 字を克 を克服 克服す 服する new comet trading agency 株式会 式会社 会社と 社と提 と提携 提携し hit 言語セ 語セン センタ ンター ターは ーは言 は言語 言語学 語学習 学習の 習のサ のサポ サポー ポート ートだ トだけ だけで けでな でなく トレー レーニ ーニン ニング ングビ グビザ 特定技 定技能 技能ビ 能ビザ 学生ビ 生ビザ ビザの ザの貴 の貴重 貴重な 重な支 な支援 支援を 援を提 を提供 提供し 供しま します コース ース修 ス修了 修了時 了時に 時には あなた なたの たの成 の成果 成果を 果を証 を証明 証明す 明する する証 る証明 証明書 明書が 書が授 が授与 授与さ 与され されま れます  n4 および n3 クラス ラスの スの詳 の詳細 詳細を 細を確 を確認  n4 クラス   開始日 2023 年 9 月 18 日 スケジ ケジュ ジュー ュール 月曜日 火曜日 水曜日 3 ヶ月 時間 午後 1 時 30 分から から午 ら午後 3 時 30 分 料金 200000 mmk 教科書 科書料 書料金 料金を 金を除 を除く コース ース教 ス教材 みんな んなの なの日 の日本 日本語 漢字日 字日本 日本語 本語チ 語チャ チャレ ャレン レンジ スピー ピード ードマ ドマス マスタ スター ター読 ー読解 スピー ピード ードマ ドマス マスタ スター ター聴 ー聴解 日本語 本語能 語能力 能力試 力試験 jlpt old questions  n3 クラス   開始日 2023 年 9 月 18 日 スケジ ケジュ ジュー ュール 月曜日 火曜日 水曜日 3 ヶ月 時間 午後 3 時 30 分から から午 ら午後 5 時 30 分 料金 250000 mmk 教科書 科書料 書料金 料金を 金を除 を除く コース ース教 ス教材 総まと まとめ とめ漢 め漢字 新総合 総合マ 合マス マスタ スター ター読 ー読解 新総合 総合マ 合マス マスタ スター ター聴 ー聴解 新総合 総合マ 合マス マスタ スター ター文 ー文法 n3 単語 2000 合格で 格でき できる n3 旧問題 問題な 題など 文化 ビジネ ジネス 成長の 長の言 の言葉 言葉を 葉を抱 を抱き 抱きし きしめ しめる めるこ るこの この黄 の黄金 黄金の 金の機 の機会 機会を 会をお をお見 お見逃 見逃し 逃しな しなく hit 言語セ 語セン センタ ンター ターの ーのフ のファ ファミ ァミリ ミリー リーに ーに参 に参加 参加し 可能性 能性の 性の世 の世界 世界を 界を開 を開い 開いて いてく てくだ くださ ださい 今すぐ すぐ登 ぐ登録 登録し 言語の 語の達 の達成 達成に 成に向 に向け 向けた けた扉 た扉を 扉を開 を開け 開けま けまし ましょ しょう phone 1 839330 1 8393344 1 8393393 9 775556677 viber 959 5556677 email newcometagency gmailcom website wwwnewcomettradingagencycom  ', 0),
(62, 'ko', 'help_search', ' managing content what is a content item  a content item is a type of content entity for pagelevel content which can have fields that store text html markup images attached files and other data see managing content structure for more about content entities and fields what is a content type  content items are divided into content types  which are the entity subtypes for the content item entity type each content type has its own fields and display settings for example you might set up content types for pages articles recipes events and blog entries on your web site overview of managing content the core node module allows you to define content types and add and edit content items the core field ui module allows you to attach fields to each content type and manage the edit form and display for each content type see the related topics listed below for specific tasks many other core and contributed modules and installation profiles provide predefined content types modify the permission structure for content items and provide other functionality  ', 1787923659),
(63, 'en', 'help_search', ' creating a url alias for a content item goal give a content item page a human or seofriendly url alias you can follow similar steps to create an alias for a taxonomy term page see configuring aliases for urls for more about aliases who can create url aliases  users with the create and edit url aliases permission can create aliases to follow the steps in this topic you will also need permission to edit the content item steps locate and open the content edit form for the content item or create a new content item see related topics on creating and editing content under url alias on the edit form enter the desired alias for example aboutus make sure the alias starts with a character click save  verify that the page can be visited with the new alias for example https examplecom aboutus  additional resources creating a content item drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(63, 'ja', 'help_search', ' creating a url alias for a content item goal give a content item page a human or seofriendly url alias you can follow similar steps to create an alias for a taxonomy term page see configuring aliases for urls for more about aliases who can create url aliases  users with the create and edit url aliases permission can create aliases to follow the steps in this topic you will also need permission to edit the content item steps locate and open the content edit form for the content item or create a new content item see related topics on creating and editing content under url alias on the edit form enter the desired alias for example aboutus make sure the alias starts with a character click save  verify that the page can be visited with the new alias for example https examplecom aboutus  additional resources creating a content item drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(63, 'ko', 'help_search', ' creating a url alias for a content item goal give a content item page a human or seofriendly url alias you can follow similar steps to create an alias for a taxonomy term page see configuring aliases for urls for more about aliases who can create url aliases  users with the create and edit url aliases permission can create aliases to follow the steps in this topic you will also need permission to edit the content item steps locate and open the content edit form for the content item or create a new content item see related topics on creating and editing content under url alias on the edit form enter the desired alias for example aboutus make sure the alias starts with a character click save  verify that the page can be visited with the new alias for example https examplecom aboutus  additional resources creating a content item drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(64, 'en', 'help_search', ' editing a url alias goal change an existing url alias to correct the path or the alias value see configuring aliases for urls for more about aliases who can manage url aliases  users with the administer url aliases permission can edit aliases steps in the manage administration menu navigate to configuration   search and metadata   url aliases  a list of all the site s aliases will appear click edit in the dropdown button for the alias that you would like to change make the required changes and click save  you will be returned to the url alias list page note that you can also add new aliases from this page for any path on your site  ', 1787923659),
(64, 'ja', 'help_search', ' editing a url alias goal change an existing url alias to correct the path or the alias value see configuring aliases for urls for more about aliases who can manage url aliases  users with the administer url aliases permission can edit aliases steps in the manage administration menu navigate to configuration   search and metadata   url aliases  a list of all the site s aliases will appear click edit in the dropdown button for the alias that you would like to change make the required changes and click save  you will be returned to the url alias list page note that you can also add new aliases from this page for any path on your site  ', 1787923659),
(64, 'ko', 'help_search', ' editing a url alias goal change an existing url alias to correct the path or the alias value see configuring aliases for urls for more about aliases who can manage url aliases  users with the administer url aliases permission can edit aliases steps in the manage administration menu navigate to configuration   search and metadata   url aliases  a list of all the site s aliases will appear click edit in the dropdown button for the alias that you would like to change make the required changes and click save  you will be returned to the url alias list page note that you can also add new aliases from this page for any path on your site  ', 1787923659),
(65, 'en', 'help_search', ' configuring aliases for urls what is a url  url is the abbreviation for uniform resource locator which is the page s address on the web it is the name by which a browser identifies a page to display in the example visit us at examplecom   https examplecom would be the url for the home page of your website users use urls to locate content on the web what is a path  a path is the unique last part of the url for a specific function or piece of content for example for a page whose full url is https examplecom node 7  the path is node 7  here are some examples of paths you might find in your site node 7 path to a particular content item taxonomy term 6 path to a taxonomy term page user 3 path to a user profile page what is an alias  the core software allows you to provide more understandable urls for pages on your site which are called aliases  for example if you have an about us page with the path node 7  you can set up an alias of about so that your visitors will see it as https wwwexamplecom about  overview of configuring paths aliases and urls the core path module provides the url aliasing functionality the contributed pathauto module allows you to configure automaticallygenerated url aliases for content items and other pages see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources concept paths aliases and urls drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(65, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configuring aliases for urls what is a url  url is the abbreviation for uniform resource locator which is the page s address on the web it is the name by which a browser identifies a page to display in the example visit us at examplecom   https examplecom would be the url for the home page of your website users use urls to locate content on the web what is a path  a path is the unique last part of the url for a specific function or piece of content for example for a page whose full url is https examplecom node 7  the path is node 7  here are some examples of paths you might find in your site node 7 path to a particular content item taxonomy term 6 path to a taxonomy term page user 3 path to a user profile page what is an alias  the core software allows you to provide more understandable urls for pages on your site which are called aliases  for example if you have an about us page with the path node 7  you can set up an alias of about so that your visitors will see it as https wwwexamplecom about  overview of configuring paths aliases and urls the core path module provides the url aliasing functionality the contributed pathauto module allows you to configure automaticallygenerated url aliases for content items and other pages see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources concept paths aliases and urls drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(65, 'ko', 'help_search', ' configuring aliases for urls what is a url  url is the abbreviation for uniform resource locator which is the page s address on the web it is the name by which a browser identifies a page to display in the example visit us at examplecom   https examplecom would be the url for the home page of your website users use urls to locate content on the web what is a path  a path is the unique last part of the url for a specific function or piece of content for example for a page whose full url is https examplecom node 7  the path is node 7  here are some examples of paths you might find in your site node 7 path to a particular content item taxonomy term 6 path to a taxonomy term page user 3 path to a user profile page what is an alias  the core software allows you to provide more understandable urls for pages on your site which are called aliases  for example if you have an about us page with the path node 7  you can set up an alias of about so that your visitors will see it as https wwwexamplecom about  overview of configuring paths aliases and urls the core path module provides the url aliasing functionality the contributed pathauto module allows you to configure automaticallygenerated url aliases for content items and other pages see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources concept paths aliases and urls drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(66, 'en', 'help_search', ' configuring search pages goal configure one or more search pages steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   search and metadata   search pages  scroll down to the search pages section you will see a list of the alreadyconfigured search pages on your site to configure an existing search page click edit  or to add a new search page select the search page type and click add search page  enter the desired label name and url path for the search page for content search pages select the desired level of influence in ranking search results of the available content ranking factors click save  you will be returned to the search pages page verify that the correct search page is listed as default in the status column if not click set as default in the operations list for the correct search page optionally disable or delete any search pages that you do not want to have available on the site disabling is temporary while deleting is permanent follow the steps in managing the search index to make sure that the search index is updated  ', 1787923659),
(66, 'en', 'node_search', ' exciting news for japanese language enthusiasts  exciting news for japanese language enthusiasts admin tue 2062024 1431 tue 2062024 1113  exciting news for japanese language enthusiasts  dear language learners and enthusiasts for those eager to embark on a journey to learn japanese from the very basics we are thrilled to announce the launch of our outdoor courses starting this january  course highlights  perfect for individuals desiring a systematic approach to learning japanese in partnership with a licensed agency ensuring a reliable and authentic learning experience abundant job opportunities await those who seize this chance don t miss out on the possibilities  pricing  basic n5 class 180000 n4 exam practice class 200000 basic n5 n4 combo special price of 350000 when enrolled together course details  basic n5 class duration 3 months includes textbook and dress n4 class duration 3 months includes textbook and dress why choose new comet  comprehensive learning from n5 level and beyond future courses including tokutei and small restaurant classes are in the pipeline stay tuned for more exciting opportunities  enroll now and secure your spot  whether you are a beginner or looking to enhance your japanese language skills new comet is the place to be join us for a vibrant learning experience that goes beyond the classroom for further details and enrollment please visit our website or contact us directly let s embark on this languagelearning adventure together  ', 0),
(66, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configuring search pages goal configure one or more search pages steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   search and metadata   search pages  scroll down to the search pages section you will see a list of the alreadyconfigured search pages on your site to configure an existing search page click edit  or to add a new search page select the search page type and click add search page  enter the desired label name and url path for the search page for content search pages select the desired level of influence in ranking search results of the available content ranking factors click save  you will be returned to the search pages page verify that the correct search page is listed as default in the status column if not click set as default in the operations list for the correct search page optionally disable or delete any search pages that you do not want to have available on the site disabling is temporary while deleting is permanent follow the steps in managing the search index to make sure that the search index is updated  ', 1787923659),
(66, 'ko', 'help_search', ' configuring search pages goal configure one or more search pages steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   search and metadata   search pages  scroll down to the search pages section you will see a list of the alreadyconfigured search pages on your site to configure an existing search page click edit  or to add a new search page select the search page type and click add search page  enter the desired label name and url path for the search page for content search pages select the desired level of influence in ranking search results of the available content ranking factors click save  you will be returned to the search pages page verify that the correct search page is listed as default in the status column if not click set as default in the operations list for the correct search page optionally disable or delete any search pages that you do not want to have available on the site disabling is temporary while deleting is permanent follow the steps in managing the search index to make sure that the search index is updated  ', 1787923659),
(67, 'en', 'help_search', ' managing the search index goal manage the search index and make sure that the site is fully indexed for searching what is the search index  the content and help search types provided by the core software preindex their content and store the results in several database tables that are collectively called the search index  the process of indexing renders the content and breaks it up into words which can then be matched more efficiently with keyword queries when users perform searches search indexing happens during cron runs see running and configuring cron for more information about cron steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   search and metadata   search pages  under indexing throttle  select the number of items to index per cron run  a smaller number will make cron faster and reduce the possibility of timeout a larger number will make sure more of your site is indexed in fewer cron runs under default indexing settings  enter the desired minimum word length to index  words smaller than this length will be dropped from both keywords when searching and content when indexing if your site uses chinese japanese or korean languages optionally check simple cjk handling under default indexing settings to provide some support for these languages click save configuration  and you should be returned to the search pages page click reindex site if you have changed the indexing configuration or later on if you believe that the search index has been corrupted follow the steps in running and configuring cron to make sure a cron task has been configured after waiting for cron to run several times verify that the content has been fully indexed for searching the overall status is listed under indexing progress  and the status for each search page is shown in the indexing progress column of the search pages section  ', 1787923659),
(67, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing the search index goal manage the search index and make sure that the site is fully indexed for searching what is the search index  the content and help search types provided by the core software preindex their content and store the results in several database tables that are collectively called the search index  the process of indexing renders the content and breaks it up into words which can then be matched more efficiently with keyword queries when users perform searches search indexing happens during cron runs see running and configuring cron for more information about cron steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   search and metadata   search pages  under indexing throttle  select the number of items to index per cron run  a smaller number will make cron faster and reduce the possibility of timeout a larger number will make sure more of your site is indexed in fewer cron runs under default indexing settings  enter the desired minimum word length to index  words smaller than this length will be dropped from both keywords when searching and content when indexing if your site uses chinese japanese or korean languages optionally check simple cjk handling under default indexing settings to provide some support for these languages click save configuration  and you should be returned to the search pages page click reindex site if you have changed the indexing configuration or later on if you believe that the search index has been corrupted follow the steps in running and configuring cron to make sure a cron task has been configured after waiting for cron to run several times verify that the content has been fully indexed for searching the overall status is listed under indexing progress  and the status for each search page is shown in the indexing progress column of the search pages section  ', 1787923659),
(67, 'ja', 'node_search', ' wishing everyone a happy new day  wishing everyone a happy new day admin tue 2062024 1526 tue 2062024 1114 wishing everyone a happy new day  at new comet agency we re committed to providing practical japanese language instruction to ensure that children who have successfully passed restaurant interviews in japan don t have to pretend they don t know japanese our experienced teachers have been conducting group work and roleplaying sessions in the kitchen guiding the children through handson learning experiences it brings us immense joy to witness the dedication and hard work of the children as they immerse themselves in learning  ', 0),
(67, 'ko', 'help_search', ' managing the search index goal manage the search index and make sure that the site is fully indexed for searching what is the search index  the content and help search types provided by the core software preindex their content and store the results in several database tables that are collectively called the search index  the process of indexing renders the content and breaks it up into words which can then be matched more efficiently with keyword queries when users perform searches search indexing happens during cron runs see running and configuring cron for more information about cron steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   search and metadata   search pages  under indexing throttle  select the number of items to index per cron run  a smaller number will make cron faster and reduce the possibility of timeout a larger number will make sure more of your site is indexed in fewer cron runs under default indexing settings  enter the desired minimum word length to index  words smaller than this length will be dropped from both keywords when searching and content when indexing if your site uses chinese japanese or korean languages optionally check simple cjk handling under default indexing settings to provide some support for these languages click save configuration  and you should be returned to the search pages page click reindex site if you have changed the indexing configuration or later on if you believe that the search index has been corrupted follow the steps in running and configuring cron to make sure a cron task has been configured after waiting for cron to run several times verify that the content has been fully indexed for searching the overall status is listed under indexing progress  and the status for each search page is shown in the indexing progress column of the search pages section  ', 1787923659),
(68, 'en', 'help_search', ' configuring site search what are search pages  the core search module organizes site search into pages  each page allows users to search a particular type of content with a particular configuration the configuration includes specifying a url that starts with search  a name for the page and additional options for some search page types when users visit the main search page see search  they will see the configured search pages that they have access to each search page has a search form on it and the page will display search results after the user enters keywords into the form and clicks the search button what modules provide site search  the core search module provides the ability to configure search pages search page types are provided by both core and contributed modules the core modules that provide search page types are the node module for searching content pages the user module for searching user profiles the help module for searching help topics as an alternative to the core search module s system of search pages you can use contributed modules to provide site search for example the apache solr and sphinx contributed modules use thirdparty technology to provide site search what are the limitations of the core search module  there are two main limitations of the core search module first it is not appropriate for very large sites if you have a large site look into other search technologies like apache solr second the node search page type only supports exact keyword matching which is not the behavior that most users will expect you can improve this by installing a languagespecific stemming module for your language such as porter stemmer for american english which makes it so that for example a search for the word walk would match pages containing the words walk walking and walked what are the search permissions  users with use search permission can use the search form block and search page this permission is required for any search configured in the core search module in addition to use search   view user information permission is needed for searching users in addition to use search   view published content permission is needed for searching content users with use advanced search permission can use more complex search filtering when performing content searches configuring site search overview in order to configure site search using the core search module you will need to configure one or more search pages you will also need to verify or alter permissions so that the desired user roles can search the site see managing user accounts and site visitors for more information about roles and permissions for content search you will also need to make sure that the search index is configured and that the site is fully indexed finally you may wish to place the search form block on pages of your site or add the search page to a navigation menu to give users easy access to search see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources online documentation for the search module ', 1787923659),
(68, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations 2242024  congratulations 2242024 admin tue 6252024 1100 mon 4222024 900 congratulations  congratulations hnin wai wai nwe thida khine for departing to japan hokkaido city with food service restaurant job at 2242024  congratulations for two person entering japan hokkaido city with food service restaurant  ', 0);
INSERT INTO `search_dataset` (`sid`, `langcode`, `type`, `data`, `reindex`) VALUES
(68, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configuring site search what are search pages  the core search module organizes site search into pages  each page allows users to search a particular type of content with a particular configuration the configuration includes specifying a url that starts with search  a name for the page and additional options for some search page types when users visit the main search page see search  they will see the configured search pages that they have access to each search page has a search form on it and the page will display search results after the user enters keywords into the form and clicks the search button what modules provide site search  the core search module provides the ability to configure search pages search page types are provided by both core and contributed modules the core modules that provide search page types are the node module for searching content pages the user module for searching user profiles the help module for searching help topics as an alternative to the core search module s system of search pages you can use contributed modules to provide site search for example the apache solr and sphinx contributed modules use thirdparty technology to provide site search what are the limitations of the core search module  there are two main limitations of the core search module first it is not appropriate for very large sites if you have a large site look into other search technologies like apache solr second the node search page type only supports exact keyword matching which is not the behavior that most users will expect you can improve this by installing a languagespecific stemming module for your language such as porter stemmer for american english which makes it so that for example a search for the word walk would match pages containing the words walk walking and walked what are the search permissions  users with use search permission can use the search form block and search page this permission is required for any search configured in the core search module in addition to use search   view user information permission is needed for searching users in addition to use search   view published content permission is needed for searching content users with use advanced search permission can use more complex search filtering when performing content searches configuring site search overview in order to configure site search using the core search module you will need to configure one or more search pages you will also need to verify or alter permissions so that the desired user roles can search the site see managing user accounts and site visitors for more information about roles and permissions for content search you will also need to make sure that the search index is configured and that the site is fully indexed finally you may wish to place the search form block on pages of your site or add the search page to a navigation menu to give users easy access to search see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources online documentation for the search module ', 1787923659),
(68, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations 2242024  congratulations 2242024 admin tue 6252024 1118 mon 4222024 900  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  hnin wai wai nwe と thida khine が 2024 年 4 月 22 日に食 に食品 食品サ 品サー サービ ービス レスト ストラ トラン の仕事 仕事に 事に就 に就い 就いて いて日 て日本 北海道 海道へ 道へ出 へ出発 出発す 発する するこ ること ことに とにな になり なりま りまし ました おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  congratulations for two person entering japan hokkaido city with food service restaurant  ', 0),
(68, 'ko', 'help_search', ' configuring site search what are search pages  the core search module organizes site search into pages  each page allows users to search a particular type of content with a particular configuration the configuration includes specifying a url that starts with search  a name for the page and additional options for some search page types when users visit the main search page see search  they will see the configured search pages that they have access to each search page has a search form on it and the page will display search results after the user enters keywords into the form and clicks the search button what modules provide site search  the core search module provides the ability to configure search pages search page types are provided by both core and contributed modules the core modules that provide search page types are the node module for searching content pages the user module for searching user profiles the help module for searching help topics as an alternative to the core search module s system of search pages you can use contributed modules to provide site search for example the apache solr and sphinx contributed modules use thirdparty technology to provide site search what are the limitations of the core search module  there are two main limitations of the core search module first it is not appropriate for very large sites if you have a large site look into other search technologies like apache solr second the node search page type only supports exact keyword matching which is not the behavior that most users will expect you can improve this by installing a languagespecific stemming module for your language such as porter stemmer for american english which makes it so that for example a search for the word walk would match pages containing the words walk walking and walked what are the search permissions  users with use search permission can use the search form block and search page this permission is required for any search configured in the core search module in addition to use search   view user information permission is needed for searching users in addition to use search   view published content permission is needed for searching content users with use advanced search permission can use more complex search filtering when performing content searches configuring site search overview in order to configure site search using the core search module you will need to configure one or more search pages you will also need to verify or alter permissions so that the desired user roles can search the site see managing user accounts and site visitors for more information about roles and permissions for content search you will also need to make sure that the search index is configured and that the site is fully indexed finally you may wish to place the search form block on pages of your site or add the search page to a navigation menu to give users easy access to search see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources online documentation for the search module ', 1787923659),
(69, 'en', 'help_search', ' creating and using shortcut administrative links goal create view and use a set of shortcuts to access administrative pages what are shortcuts  shortcuts are quick links to administrative pages they are managed by the core shortcut module a site can have one or more shortcut sets  which can be shared by one or more users by default there is only one set shared by all users each set contains a limited number of shortcuts users need use shortcuts permission to view shortcuts  edit current shortcut set permission to add delete or edit the shortcuts in the set assigned to them and select any shortcut set permission to select a different shortcut set when editing their user profile there is also an administer shortcuts permission which allows an administrator to do any of these actions as well as select shortcut sets for other users steps make sure that the core shortcut module is installed and that you have a role with edit current shortcut set or administer shortcuts permission also make sure that a toolbar module is installed either the core toolbar module or a contributed module replacement navigate to an administrative page that you want in your shortcut list click the shortcut link to add the page to your shortcut list in the core claro administrative theme the link looks like a star and is displayed next to the page title however if the page is already in your shortcut set clicking the shortcut link will remove it from your shortcut set repeat until all the desired links have been added to your shortcut set click shortcuts in the toolbar to display your shortcuts and verify that the list is complete optionally click edit shortcuts at the right end of the shortcut list left end in righttoleft languages to remove links or change their order click any link in the shortcut bar to go directly to the administrative page  ', 1787923659),
(69, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations 942024  congratulations 942024 admin tue 6252024 1140 tue 4092024 900 congratulations september 4 2024 the first from new comet agency to akita japan i am proud of the eight person who cherish their ancestors and work hard congratulations may everything go well good luck in japan thank you all to those who trusted us and cooperated with us i will send you to japan with more work requests so please trust me and work for new comet agency  ', 0),
(69, 'ja', 'help_search', ' creating and using shortcut administrative links goal create view and use a set of shortcuts to access administrative pages what are shortcuts  shortcuts are quick links to administrative pages they are managed by the core shortcut module a site can have one or more shortcut sets  which can be shared by one or more users by default there is only one set shared by all users each set contains a limited number of shortcuts users need use shortcuts permission to view shortcuts  edit current shortcut set permission to add delete or edit the shortcuts in the set assigned to them and select any shortcut set permission to select a different shortcut set when editing their user profile there is also an administer shortcuts permission which allows an administrator to do any of these actions as well as select shortcut sets for other users steps make sure that the core shortcut module is installed and that you have a role with edit current shortcut set or administer shortcuts permission also make sure that a toolbar module is installed either the core toolbar module or a contributed module replacement navigate to an administrative page that you want in your shortcut list click the shortcut link to add the page to your shortcut list in the core claro administrative theme the link looks like a star and is displayed next to the page title however if the page is already in your shortcut set clicking the shortcut link will remove it from your shortcut set repeat until all the desired links have been added to your shortcut set click shortcuts in the toolbar to display your shortcuts and verify that the list is complete optionally click edit shortcuts at the right end of the shortcut list left end in righttoleft languages to remove links or change their order click any link in the shortcut bar to go directly to the administrative page  ', 1787923659),
(69, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations 942024  congratulations 942024 admin tue 6252024 1126 tue 4092024 900 congratulations 2024 年 9 月 4 日 new comet agency から日 ら日本 日本の 本の秋 の秋田 秋田へ 田への への最 の最初 最初の 先祖を 祖を大 を大切 大切に 切に仕 に仕事 仕事に 事に取 に取り 取り組 り組む 8 人の姉 の姉妹 姉妹を 妹を誇 を誇り 誇りに りに思 に思い 思いま います おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います すべて べてが てがう がうま うまく まくい くいき いきま きます ますよ すよう ように 日本で 本でも でも頑 も頑張 頑張っ 張って ってく てくだ くださ ださい 私たち たちを ちを信 を信頼 信頼し 頼して して協 て協力 協力し 力して してく てくれ くれた れた姉 た姉妹 姉妹た 妹たち たちに ちに感 に感謝 感謝し 謝しま します さらな らなる なる仕 る仕事 仕事の 事の依 の依頼 依頼と 頼とと ととも ともに もにあ にあな あなた なたを たを日 を日本 日本に 本に送 に送り 送りま ります ますの すので 私を信 を信じ 信じて new comet agency で働い 働いて いてく てくだ くださ ださい  ', 0),
(69, 'ko', 'help_search', ' creating and using shortcut administrative links goal create view and use a set of shortcuts to access administrative pages what are shortcuts  shortcuts are quick links to administrative pages they are managed by the core shortcut module a site can have one or more shortcut sets  which can be shared by one or more users by default there is only one set shared by all users each set contains a limited number of shortcuts users need use shortcuts permission to view shortcuts  edit current shortcut set permission to add delete or edit the shortcuts in the set assigned to them and select any shortcut set permission to select a different shortcut set when editing their user profile there is also an administer shortcuts permission which allows an administrator to do any of these actions as well as select shortcut sets for other users steps make sure that the core shortcut module is installed and that you have a role with edit current shortcut set or administer shortcuts permission also make sure that a toolbar module is installed either the core toolbar module or a contributed module replacement navigate to an administrative page that you want in your shortcut list click the shortcut link to add the page to your shortcut list in the core claro administrative theme the link looks like a star and is displayed next to the page title however if the page is already in your shortcut set clicking the shortcut link will remove it from your shortcut set repeat until all the desired links have been added to your shortcut set click shortcuts in the toolbar to display your shortcuts and verify that the list is complete optionally click edit shortcuts at the right end of the shortcut list left end in righttoleft languages to remove links or change their order click any link in the shortcut bar to go directly to the administrative page  ', 1787923659),
(70, 'en', 'help_search', ' clearing the site cache goal clear the data in the site cache what is the cache  some of the calculations that are done when your site loads a page take a long time to run to save time when these calculations would need to be done again their results can be cached in your site s database there are internal mechanisms to clear cached data when the conditions or assumptions that went into the calculation have changed but you can also clear cached data manually when your site is misbehaving a good first step is to clear the cache and see if the problem goes away steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   performance  click clear all caches  your site s cached data will be cleared additional resources concept cache drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(70, 'en', 'node_search', ' congrats congrats admin tue 6252024 1228 congratulations  congratulations to tin zar win myint for passing the interview for tokutei gaishoku restaurant  ', 0),
(70, 'ja', 'help_search', ' clearing the site cache goal clear the data in the site cache what is the cache  some of the calculations that are done when your site loads a page take a long time to run to save time when these calculations would need to be done again their results can be cached in your site s database there are internal mechanisms to clear cached data when the conditions or assumptions that went into the calculation have changed but you can also clear cached data manually when your site is misbehaving a good first step is to clear the cache and see if the problem goes away steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   performance  click clear all caches  your site s cached data will be cleared additional resources concept cache drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(70, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congrats congrats admin tue 6252024 1245  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います   特定外 定外食 レスト ストラ トラン の面接 面接に 接に合 に合格 合格し 格した tin zar win myint さん おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  ', 0),
(70, 'ko', 'help_search', ' clearing the site cache goal clear the data in the site cache what is the cache  some of the calculations that are done when your site loads a page take a long time to run to save time when these calculations would need to be done again their results can be cached in your site s database there are internal mechanisms to clear cached data when the conditions or assumptions that went into the calculation have changed but you can also clear cached data manually when your site is misbehaving a good first step is to clear the cache and see if the problem goes away steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   performance  click clear all caches  your site s cached data will be cleared additional resources concept cache drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(71, 'en', 'help_search', ' changing basic site settings goal configure the basic settings of your site including the site name slogan main email address default time zone default country and the date formats to use steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   system   basic site settings  enter the site name slogan and main email address for your site click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   regional settings  select the default country and default time zone for your site click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   date and time formats  look at the patterns for the default long medium and short date formats if any of them does not match the date format you want to use on your site click edit in that row to edit the format adjust the format string until the displayed format matches what you want date format strings are composed of php date format codes click save format  you should see a message indicating that the format was saved repeat the previous three steps for any other date formats that need to be changed additional resources php date format codes reference ', 1787923659),
(71, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations  congratulations admin tue 6252024 1229 mon 5202024 2100 congratulations congratulations to ei ei wai for passing the interview for tokutei gaishoku restaurant  ', 0),
(71, 'ja', 'help_search', ' changing basic site settings goal configure the basic settings of your site including the site name slogan main email address default time zone default country and the date formats to use steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   system   basic site settings  enter the site name slogan and main email address for your site click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   regional settings  select the default country and default time zone for your site click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   date and time formats  look at the patterns for the default long medium and short date formats if any of them does not match the date format you want to use on your site click edit in that row to edit the format adjust the format string until the displayed format matches what you want date format strings are composed of php date format codes click save format  you should see a message indicating that the format was saved repeat the previous three steps for any other date formats that need to be changed additional resources php date format codes reference ', 1787923659),
(71, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations  congratulations admin tue 6252024 1250 mon 5202024 2100 おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います 特定外 定外食 レスト ストラ トラン の面接 面接に 接に合 に合格 合格し 格した ei ei waei ei wai さん おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  ', 0),
(71, 'ko', 'help_search', ' changing basic site settings goal configure the basic settings of your site including the site name slogan main email address default time zone default country and the date formats to use steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   system   basic site settings  enter the site name slogan and main email address for your site click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   regional settings  select the default country and default time zone for your site click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   region and language   date and time formats  look at the patterns for the default long medium and short date formats if any of them does not match the date format you want to use on your site click edit in that row to edit the format adjust the format string until the displayed format matches what you want date format strings are composed of php date format codes click save format  you should see a message indicating that the format was saved repeat the previous three steps for any other date formats that need to be changed additional resources php date format codes reference ', 1787923659),
(72, 'en', 'help_search', ' configuring error responses including 403404 pages goal set up your site to respond appropriately to site errors including 403 and 404 page responses what are 403 and 404 responses  when a user visits a web page the web server sends a response code in addition to the page content a normal nonerror response has code 200 if the page does not exist on the site the response code is 404 if the page exists but the user is not authorized to visit the page the response code is 403 the core software provides default responses for both 403 and 404 codes but if you prefer you can create your own pages for each what other errors can occur  under some situations your site can generate error messages these can be due to user errors such as entering invalid values in a form or incorrect configuration php runtime errors or software bugs some errors may result in a white screen of death  a totally blank web page response less drastic errors will generate error messages you can configure what happens when an error message is generated steps if desired create pages to use for 403 and 404 responses note the urls for these pages in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   system   basic site settings  in the error pages section enter the url for your 403404 pages starting after the site home page url for example if your site url is https examplecom and your 404 page is https examplecom notfound  you would enter  notfound  click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   logging and errors  for a production site select none under error messages to display  for a site that is in development select one of the other options so that you are more aware of the errors the site is generating click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved  ', 1787923659),
(72, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations  congratulations admin tue 6252024 1257 mon 5202024 900 congratulations  congratulations to yaw chang for passing the interview for tokutei gaishoku restaurant  ', 0),
(72, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configuring error responses including 403404 pages goal set up your site to respond appropriately to site errors including 403 and 404 page responses what are 403 and 404 responses  when a user visits a web page the web server sends a response code in addition to the page content a normal nonerror response has code 200 if the page does not exist on the site the response code is 404 if the page exists but the user is not authorized to visit the page the response code is 403 the core software provides default responses for both 403 and 404 codes but if you prefer you can create your own pages for each what other errors can occur  under some situations your site can generate error messages these can be due to user errors such as entering invalid values in a form or incorrect configuration php runtime errors or software bugs some errors may result in a white screen of death  a totally blank web page response less drastic errors will generate error messages you can configure what happens when an error message is generated steps if desired create pages to use for 403 and 404 responses note the urls for these pages in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   system   basic site settings  in the error pages section enter the url for your 403404 pages starting after the site home page url for example if your site url is https examplecom and your 404 page is https examplecom notfound  you would enter  notfound  click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   logging and errors  for a production site select none under error messages to display  for a site that is in development select one of the other options so that you are more aware of the errors the site is generating click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved  ', 1787923659),
(72, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations  congratulations admin tue 6252024 1310 mon 5202024 900  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います   特定外 定外食 レスト ストラ トラン の面接 面接に 接に合 に合格 合格し 格した yaw chanyaw chang さん おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  ', 0),
(72, 'ko', 'help_search', ' configuring error responses including 403404 pages goal set up your site to respond appropriately to site errors including 403 and 404 page responses what are 403 and 404 responses  when a user visits a web page the web server sends a response code in addition to the page content a normal nonerror response has code 200 if the page does not exist on the site the response code is 404 if the page exists but the user is not authorized to visit the page the response code is 403 the core software provides default responses for both 403 and 404 codes but if you prefer you can create your own pages for each what other errors can occur  under some situations your site can generate error messages these can be due to user errors such as entering invalid values in a form or incorrect configuration php runtime errors or software bugs some errors may result in a white screen of death  a totally blank web page response less drastic errors will generate error messages you can configure what happens when an error message is generated steps if desired create pages to use for 403 and 404 responses note the urls for these pages in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   system   basic site settings  in the error pages section enter the url for your 403404 pages starting after the site home page url for example if your site url is https examplecom and your 404 page is https examplecom notfound  you would enter  notfound  click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   logging and errors  for a production site select none under error messages to display  for a site that is in development select one of the other options so that you are more aware of the errors the site is generating click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved  ', 1787923659),
(73, 'en', 'help_search', ' enabling and disabling maintenance mode goal put your site in maintenance mode to perform maintenance operations and then return to normal mode when finished what is maintenance mode  when your site is in maintenance mode most site visitors will see a simple maintenance mode message page rather than being able to use the full functionality of the site users with use the site in maintenance mode permission who are already logged in will be able to use the full site and the log in page at  user will also be accessible to anyone steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   maintenance mode  check put site into maintenance mode  optionally change the message to display when in maintenance mode  and click save configuration  your site will be in maintenance mode perform your maintenance operations in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   maintenance mode  uncheck put site into maintenance mode and click save configuration  your site will be back in normal operation mode clear the site cache see clearing the site cache for instructions  ', 1787923659),
(73, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations 1952024  congratulations 1952024 admin tue 6252024 1258 sun 5192024 900 congratulations  congratulations for khin khin kyaw thet myat myat khaing win pyae shan hnin thazin aung yu ya nway for departing to japan tokyo with tokueti gaishoku restaurant job have a safe flight  ', 0),
(73, 'ja', 'help_search', ' enabling and disabling maintenance mode goal put your site in maintenance mode to perform maintenance operations and then return to normal mode when finished what is maintenance mode  when your site is in maintenance mode most site visitors will see a simple maintenance mode message page rather than being able to use the full functionality of the site users with use the site in maintenance mode permission who are already logged in will be able to use the full site and the log in page at  user will also be accessible to anyone steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   maintenance mode  check put site into maintenance mode  optionally change the message to display when in maintenance mode  and click save configuration  your site will be in maintenance mode perform your maintenance operations in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   maintenance mode  uncheck put site into maintenance mode and click save configuration  your site will be back in normal operation mode clear the site cache see clearing the site cache for instructions  ', 1787923659),
(73, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations 1952024  congratulations 1952024 admin tue 6252024 1316 sun 5192024 900  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います   おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います khin khin kyaw thet myat myat khaing win pyae shan hnin thazin aung yu ya nway 特恵外 恵外食 レスト ストラ トラン の仕事 仕事の 事のた のため 東京へ 京へ出 へ出発 安全な 全な旅 な旅を 旅を祈 を祈り 祈りま ります  ', 0),
(73, 'ko', 'help_search', ' enabling and disabling maintenance mode goal put your site in maintenance mode to perform maintenance operations and then return to normal mode when finished what is maintenance mode  when your site is in maintenance mode most site visitors will see a simple maintenance mode message page rather than being able to use the full functionality of the site users with use the site in maintenance mode permission who are already logged in will be able to use the full site and the log in page at  user will also be accessible to anyone steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   maintenance mode  check put site into maintenance mode  optionally change the message to display when in maintenance mode  and click save configuration  your site will be in maintenance mode perform your maintenance operations in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   development   maintenance mode  uncheck put site into maintenance mode and click save configuration  your site will be back in normal operation mode clear the site cache see clearing the site cache for instructions  ', 1787923659),
(74, 'en', 'help_search', ' installing a module goal install a core module or a contributed module that has already been downloaded steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to extend  enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box to make the list of modules smaller locate the module you want to install check the box next to the name of the module you want to install you can also check more than one box to install multiple modules at the same time if the checkbox is disabled for the module you are trying to install expand the information to see why you may need to download an additional module that your module requires click install at the bottom of the page if you chose to install a module with dependencies that were not already installed or if you chose an experimental module confirm your choice on the next page wait for the module or modules to be installed you should be returned to the extend page with a message saying the module or modules were installed  ', 1787923659),
(74, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations  congratulations admin tue 6252024 1312 mon 5202024 900 congratulations  congratulations to kyaw naing in passing the interview for tokutei gaishoku restaurant  ', 0),
(74, 'ja', 'help_search', ' installing a module goal install a core module or a contributed module that has already been downloaded steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to extend  enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box to make the list of modules smaller locate the module you want to install check the box next to the name of the module you want to install you can also check more than one box to install multiple modules at the same time if the checkbox is disabled for the module you are trying to install expand the information to see why you may need to download an additional module that your module requires click install at the bottom of the page if you chose to install a module with dependencies that were not already installed or if you chose an experimental module confirm your choice on the next page wait for the module or modules to be installed you should be returned to the extend page with a message saying the module or modules were installed  ', 1787923659),
(74, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations  congratulations admin tue 6252024 1320 mon 5202024 900  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います   特定外 定外食 レスト ストラ トラン の面接 面接に 接に合 に合格 合格し 格した kyaw naing さん おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  ', 0),
(74, 'ko', 'help_search', ' installing a module goal install a core module or a contributed module that has already been downloaded steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to extend  enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box to make the list of modules smaller locate the module you want to install check the box next to the name of the module you want to install you can also check more than one box to install multiple modules at the same time if the checkbox is disabled for the module you are trying to install expand the information to see why you may need to download an additional module that your module requires click install at the bottom of the page if you chose to install a module with dependencies that were not already installed or if you chose an experimental module confirm your choice on the next page wait for the module or modules to be installed you should be returned to the extend page with a message saying the module or modules were installed  ', 1787923659),
(75, 'en', 'help_search', ' uninstalling a module goal uninstall a module your site should be in maintenance mode when you uninstall modules see enabling and disabling maintenance mode for details steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to extend   uninstall  enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box to make the list of modules smaller locate the module you want to uninstall in the description column see if there are reasons that this module cannot be uninstalled for example you may have created content using this module which you would need to delete first or there may be another module installed that requires this module to be installed you would need to uninstall the other module first if there are no reasons listed the module can be uninstalled check the box in the uninstall column next to the module s name click uninstall at the bottom of the page verify the list of modules to be uninstalled and configuration to be deleted on the confirmation page and click uninstall  wait for the module to be uninstalled you should be returned to the uninstall page with a message saying the module was uninstalled  ', 1787923659),
(75, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations to chit sayah oo  congratulations to chit sayah oo admin tue 6252024 1404 mon 5202024 900 congratulations  congratulations to chit sayah oo in passing interview for tokutei gaishoku restaurant  ', 0),
(75, 'ja', 'help_search', ' uninstalling a module goal uninstall a module your site should be in maintenance mode when you uninstall modules see enabling and disabling maintenance mode for details steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to extend   uninstall  enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box to make the list of modules smaller locate the module you want to uninstall in the description column see if there are reasons that this module cannot be uninstalled for example you may have created content using this module which you would need to delete first or there may be another module installed that requires this module to be installed you would need to uninstall the other module first if there are no reasons listed the module can be uninstalled check the box in the uninstall column next to the module s name click uninstall at the bottom of the page verify the list of modules to be uninstalled and configuration to be deleted on the confirmation page and click uninstall  wait for the module to be uninstalled you should be returned to the uninstall page with a message saying the module was uninstalled  ', 1787923659),
(75, 'ja', 'node_search', ' chit sayah oo さん おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  chit sayah oo さん おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います admin tue 6252024 1414 mon 5202024 900  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います   特定外 定外食 レスト ストラ トラン の面接 面接に 接に合 に合格 合格し 格した chitt sayar oo さん おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  ', 0),
(75, 'ko', 'help_search', ' uninstalling a module goal uninstall a module your site should be in maintenance mode when you uninstall modules see enabling and disabling maintenance mode for details steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to extend   uninstall  enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box to make the list of modules smaller locate the module you want to uninstall in the description column see if there are reasons that this module cannot be uninstalled for example you may have created content using this module which you would need to delete first or there may be another module installed that requires this module to be installed you would need to uninstall the other module first if there are no reasons listed the module can be uninstalled check the box in the uninstall column next to the module s name click uninstall at the bottom of the page verify the list of modules to be uninstalled and configuration to be deleted on the confirmation page and click uninstall  wait for the module to be uninstalled you should be returned to the uninstall page with a message saying the module was uninstalled  ', 1787923659),
(76, 'en', 'help_search', ' running reports on your site goal run reports to learn about the status and health of your site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to reports   status report to see a report that summarizes the health and status of your site if there are any warnings or errors you will need to fix them take note of any upcoming highly critical security releases that may impact your site if you have the core database logging module installed in the manage administrative menu navigate to reports   recent log messages to see a report of the error and informational messages your site has generated you can filter the report by severity to see only the most critical messages if desired if you have the core update manager module installed in the manage administrative menu navigate to reports   available updates to see a report of the updates that are available for your site software if last checked is far in the past click check manually to update the report scan the report if the core software or any modules or themes have security updates available you should update them as soon as possible additional resources security and maintenance drupal user guide   which includes information on how to update your site s core software modules and themes  ', 1787923659),
(76, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations 1952024  congratulations 1952024 admin tue 6252024 1413 sun 5192024 900 congratulations  congratulations for nan su khaing wut yee aung for departure to japan nagasaki  congratulations for nan su khaing wut yee aung  ', 0),
(76, 'ja', 'help_search', ' running reports on your site goal run reports to learn about the status and health of your site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to reports   status report to see a report that summarizes the health and status of your site if there are any warnings or errors you will need to fix them take note of any upcoming highly critical security releases that may impact your site if you have the core database logging module installed in the manage administrative menu navigate to reports   recent log messages to see a report of the error and informational messages your site has generated you can filter the report by severity to see only the most critical messages if desired if you have the core update manager module installed in the manage administrative menu navigate to reports   available updates to see a report of the updates that are available for your site software if last checked is far in the past click check manually to update the report scan the report if the core software or any modules or themes have security updates available you should update them as soon as possible additional resources security and maintenance drupal user guide   which includes information on how to update your site s core software modules and themes  ', 1787923659),
(76, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations 1952024  congratulations 1952024 admin tue 6252024 1421 sun 5192024 900  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  nan su khaing と wut yee aung の日本 長崎へ 崎への への出 の出発 出発お 発おめ おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  congratulations for nan su khaing wut yee aung  ', 0),
(76, 'ko', 'help_search', ' running reports on your site goal run reports to learn about the status and health of your site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to reports   status report to see a report that summarizes the health and status of your site if there are any warnings or errors you will need to fix them take note of any upcoming highly critical security releases that may impact your site if you have the core database logging module installed in the manage administrative menu navigate to reports   recent log messages to see a report of the error and informational messages your site has generated you can filter the report by severity to see only the most critical messages if desired if you have the core update manager module installed in the manage administrative menu navigate to reports   available updates to see a report of the updates that are available for your site software if last checked is far in the past click check manually to update the report scan the report if the core software or any modules or themes have security updates available you should update them as soon as possible additional resources security and maintenance drupal user guide   which includes information on how to update your site s core software modules and themes  ', 1787923659),
(77, 'en', 'help_search', ' installing a theme and setting default themes goal install a core theme or a contributed theme that has already been downloaded choose the default themes to use for the site and for administrative pages steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to appearance  locate the themes that you want to use as the site default theme and for administrative pages for each of these themes if the theme is in the uninstalled themes section click the install link to install the theme wait for the theme to be installed translations might be downloaded you should be returned to the appearance page locate the theme that you want to be your default theme which should now be in the installed themes section if it is not already labeled as the default theme  click the set as default link at the bottom of the page select the administration theme that you want to use on administrative pages click save configuration if you selected a new theme if you changed the default theme for your site visit the site home page or another page on the nonadministration part of your site and verify that the site is using the new theme if you changed the administration theme verify that the new theme is used on administrative pages  ', 1787923659),
(77, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations 2562024  congratulations 2562024 admin tue 6252024 1426 tue 6252024 900 congratulations  2562024 while accompanying 3 workers who will go to work at a large restaurant in tokyo japan  congratulations to aung zin oo hnin ei phyu ei shwe zin   take care of your health   strictly follow working hours  treat work as if it were your own work and work hard to do it   learn to understand japanese culture congratulations to aung zin oo hnin ei phyu ei shwe zin  ', 0),
(77, 'ja', 'help_search', ' installing a theme and setting default themes goal install a core theme or a contributed theme that has already been downloaded choose the default themes to use for the site and for administrative pages steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to appearance  locate the themes that you want to use as the site default theme and for administrative pages for each of these themes if the theme is in the uninstalled themes section click the install link to install the theme wait for the theme to be installed translations might be downloaded you should be returned to the appearance page locate the theme that you want to be your default theme which should now be in the installed themes section if it is not already labeled as the default theme  click the set as default link at the bottom of the page select the administration theme that you want to use on administrative pages click save configuration if you selected a new theme if you changed the default theme for your site visit the site home page or another page on the nonadministration part of your site and verify that the site is using the new theme if you changed the administration theme verify that the new theme is used on administrative pages  ', 1787923659),
(77, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations 2562024  congratulations 2562024 admin tue 6252024 1519 tue 6252024 900  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  2024 年 6 月 25 日 東京の 京の大 の大型 大型レ 型レス レスト ストラ トラン ランで ンで働 で働く 3 人の従 の従業 従業員 業員に 員に同 に同行 同行中  aung zin oo hnin ei phyu ei shwe zin おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います   健康に 康に気 に気を 気を付 を付け 付けて けてく てくだ くださ ださい   勤務時 務時間 時間を 間を厳 を厳守 厳守し 守して してく てくだ くださ ださい   仕事を 事を自 を自分 自分の 分の仕 の仕事 仕事の 事のよ のよう ように うに扱 に扱い 一生懸 生懸命 懸命に 命に取 に取り 取り組 り組ん 組んで んでく でくだ くださ ださい   日本の 本の文 の文化 文化を 化を理 を理解 理解し 解して してく てくだ くださ ださい  congratulations to aung zin oo hnin ei phyu ei shwe zin  ', 0),
(77, 'ko', 'help_search', ' installing a theme and setting default themes goal install a core theme or a contributed theme that has already been downloaded choose the default themes to use for the site and for administrative pages steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to appearance  locate the themes that you want to use as the site default theme and for administrative pages for each of these themes if the theme is in the uninstalled themes section click the install link to install the theme wait for the theme to be installed translations might be downloaded you should be returned to the appearance page locate the theme that you want to be your default theme which should now be in the installed themes section if it is not already labeled as the default theme  click the set as default link at the bottom of the page select the administration theme that you want to use on administrative pages click save configuration if you selected a new theme if you changed the default theme for your site visit the site home page or another page on the nonadministration part of your site and verify that the site is using the new theme if you changed the administration theme verify that the new theme is used on administrative pages  ', 1787923659),
(78, 'en', 'help_search', ' uninstalling an unused theme goal uninstall a theme that was previously installed but is no longer being used on the site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to appearance  locate the theme that you want to uninstall in the installed themes section click the uninstall link to uninstall the theme if there is not an uninstall link the theme cannot be uninstalled because it is either being used as the site default theme being used as the administration theme  or is the base theme for another installed theme  ', 1787923659),
(78, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations 1362024  congratulations 1362024 admin tue 6252024 1536 thu 6132024 900 congratulations  congratulations to nyein ei ei swe ei ei mon for departure to hokkaido japan on 1362024 congrats to ei ei mon nyein ei ei swe  ', 0),
(78, 'ja', 'help_search', ' uninstalling an unused theme goal uninstall a theme that was previously installed but is no longer being used on the site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to appearance  locate the theme that you want to uninstall in the installed themes section click the uninstall link to uninstall the theme if there is not an uninstall link the theme cannot be uninstalled because it is either being used as the site default theme being used as the administration theme  or is the base theme for another installed theme  ', 1787923659);
INSERT INTO `search_dataset` (`sid`, `langcode`, `type`, `data`, `reindex`) VALUES
(78, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations 1362024  congratulations 1362024 admin tue 6252024 1541 thu 6132024 900  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  nyein ei ei swe と ei ei mon が 2024 年 6 月 13 日に日 に日本 日本の 本の北 の北海 北海道 海道へ 道へ出 へ出発 出発し 発しま します おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います congrats to ei ei mon nyein ei ei swe  ', 0),
(78, 'ko', 'help_search', ' uninstalling an unused theme goal uninstall a theme that was previously installed but is no longer being used on the site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to appearance  locate the theme that you want to uninstall in the installed themes section click the uninstall link to uninstall the theme if there is not an uninstall link the theme cannot be uninstalled because it is either being used as the site default theme being used as the administration theme  or is the base theme for another installed theme  ', 1787923659),
(79, 'en', 'help_search', ' configuring taxonomy goal create a taxonomy vocabulary and add a reference field for that vocabulary to a content entity see managing taxonomy for information about taxonomy and managing content structure for more on content entities who can configure a taxonomy vocabulary  users with the administer vocabularies and terms permission can configure a vocabulary to add a field in the administrative interface the core field ui module must be installed and you will also need the administer fields permission for the entity you are adding the field to steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   taxonomy  click add vocabulary  in the name field enter a name for the vocabulary for example ingredients which is how it will be shown in the administrative interface optionally add a description click save  your vocabulary will be created and you will see the page that lists all the terms in this vocabulary optionally click add term to add a term to the new vocabulary in the name field enter the term name for example butter click save  you will receive a confirmation about the term you created you may optionally continue to add more terms if you have the field ui module installed follow the instructions on the related adding a reference field to an entity subtype topic to add a taxonomy reference field to the entity type of your choice the settings page will allow you to choose the vocabulary that you created as the vocabulary to reference you may also want to configure the display and form display of the new field see related topics  additional resources setting up a taxonomy drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(79, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations 262024  congratulations 262024 admin tue 6252024 1547 sun 6022024 900 congratulations congratulations to shin thant phyu yamin thet for departure to fukuoka city japan  ', 0),
(79, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configuring taxonomy goal create a taxonomy vocabulary and add a reference field for that vocabulary to a content entity see managing taxonomy for information about taxonomy and managing content structure for more on content entities who can configure a taxonomy vocabulary  users with the administer vocabularies and terms permission can configure a vocabulary to add a field in the administrative interface the core field ui module must be installed and you will also need the administer fields permission for the entity you are adding the field to steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   taxonomy  click add vocabulary  in the name field enter a name for the vocabulary for example ingredients which is how it will be shown in the administrative interface optionally add a description click save  your vocabulary will be created and you will see the page that lists all the terms in this vocabulary optionally click add term to add a term to the new vocabulary in the name field enter the term name for example butter click save  you will receive a confirmation about the term you created you may optionally continue to add more terms if you have the field ui module installed follow the instructions on the related adding a reference field to an entity subtype topic to add a taxonomy reference field to the entity type of your choice the settings page will allow you to choose the vocabulary that you created as the vocabulary to reference you may also want to configure the display and form display of the new field see related topics  additional resources setting up a taxonomy drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(79, 'ko', 'help_search', ' configuring taxonomy goal create a taxonomy vocabulary and add a reference field for that vocabulary to a content entity see managing taxonomy for information about taxonomy and managing content structure for more on content entities who can configure a taxonomy vocabulary  users with the administer vocabularies and terms permission can configure a vocabulary to add a field in the administrative interface the core field ui module must be installed and you will also need the administer fields permission for the entity you are adding the field to steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   taxonomy  click add vocabulary  in the name field enter a name for the vocabulary for example ingredients which is how it will be shown in the administrative interface optionally add a description click save  your vocabulary will be created and you will see the page that lists all the terms in this vocabulary optionally click add term to add a term to the new vocabulary in the name field enter the term name for example butter click save  you will receive a confirmation about the term you created you may optionally continue to add more terms if you have the field ui module installed follow the instructions on the related adding a reference field to an entity subtype topic to add a taxonomy reference field to the entity type of your choice the settings page will allow you to choose the vocabulary that you created as the vocabulary to reference you may also want to configure the display and form display of the new field see related topics  additional resources setting up a taxonomy drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(80, 'en', 'help_search', ' managing taxonomy what is taxonomy  taxonomy is used to classify website content one common example of taxonomy is the tags used to classify or categorize posts in a blog website a cooking website could use an ingredients taxonomy to classify recipes individual taxonomy items are known as terms  the blog tags or recipe ingredients in these examples and a set of terms is known as a vocabulary  the set of all blog post tags or the set of all recipe ingredients in these examples technically taxonomy terms are an entity type and the entity subtypes are the vocabularies see managing content structure for more on content entities like other entities taxonomy terms can have fields attached for instance you could set up an image field to contain an icon for each term an individual vocabulary can organize its terms in a hierarchy or it could be flat for example blog tags normally have a flat structure while a recipe ingredients vocabulary could be hierarchical for example tomatoes could be a subterm of vegetables and under tomatoes you could have green and red tomatoes taxonomy terms are normally attached as reference fields to other content entities which is how you can use them to classify content when you set up a taxonomy reference field you can let users enter terms in two ways free tagging new terms can be created right on the content editing form fixed list of terms the list of terms is curated and managed outside the content editing form and users can only select from the existing list when editing content taxonomy reference fields can be added to any entity such as user accounts content blocks or regular content items if you use them to classify regular content items your site will automatically be set up with taxonomy listing pages for each term each of these pages lists all of the content items that are classified with that term overview of managing taxonomy the core taxonomy module allows you to create and edit taxonomy vocabularies and taxonomy terms the core field ui module provides a user interface for adding fields to entities including the taxonomy reference field and configuring field editing and display see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources concept taxonomy drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(80, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations 262024  congratulations 262024 admin tue 6252024 1609 sun 6022024 900 congratulations  on february 5 2024 two young daughters embarked on their journey to fukuoka japan demonstrating dedication to their health and work they consistently support their parents we wish them continued success and fulfillment in their roles as exemplary daughters congratulations to shin thant phyu yamin thet   congratulations shin thant phyu yamin thet for departure to fukuoka city japan  ', 0),
(80, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing taxonomy what is taxonomy  taxonomy is used to classify website content one common example of taxonomy is the tags used to classify or categorize posts in a blog website a cooking website could use an ingredients taxonomy to classify recipes individual taxonomy items are known as terms  the blog tags or recipe ingredients in these examples and a set of terms is known as a vocabulary  the set of all blog post tags or the set of all recipe ingredients in these examples technically taxonomy terms are an entity type and the entity subtypes are the vocabularies see managing content structure for more on content entities like other entities taxonomy terms can have fields attached for instance you could set up an image field to contain an icon for each term an individual vocabulary can organize its terms in a hierarchy or it could be flat for example blog tags normally have a flat structure while a recipe ingredients vocabulary could be hierarchical for example tomatoes could be a subterm of vegetables and under tomatoes you could have green and red tomatoes taxonomy terms are normally attached as reference fields to other content entities which is how you can use them to classify content when you set up a taxonomy reference field you can let users enter terms in two ways free tagging new terms can be created right on the content editing form fixed list of terms the list of terms is curated and managed outside the content editing form and users can only select from the existing list when editing content taxonomy reference fields can be added to any entity such as user accounts content blocks or regular content items if you use them to classify regular content items your site will automatically be set up with taxonomy listing pages for each term each of these pages lists all of the content items that are classified with that term overview of managing taxonomy the core taxonomy module allows you to create and edit taxonomy vocabularies and taxonomy terms the core field ui module provides a user interface for adding fields to entities including the taxonomy reference field and configuring field editing and display see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources concept taxonomy drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(80, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations 262024  congratulations 262024 admin tue 6252024 1621 sun 6022024 900  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  2024 年 2 月 5 日 2 人の幼 の幼い 幼い娘 い娘が 娘が日 が日本 日本の 本の福 の福岡 福岡へ 岡への への旅 の旅に 旅に出 に出ま 出まし ました 健康と 康と仕 と仕事 仕事に 事に献 に献身 献身的 身的な 的な姿 な姿勢 姿勢を 勢を見 を見せ 見せな せなが ながら 彼女た 女たち たちは ちは両 は両親 両親を 親を常 を常に 常にサ にサポ サポー ポート ートし トして してい ていま います 模範的 範的な 的な娘 な娘と 娘とし として しての ての役 の役割 役割を 割を今 を今後 今後も 後も果 も果た 果たし 成功し 功し続 し続け 続ける けるこ ること ことを とをお をお祈 お祈り 祈りし りしま します  shin thant phyu yamin thet    おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います   congratulations shin thant phyu yamin thet for departure to fukuoka city japan  ', 0),
(80, 'ko', 'help_search', ' managing taxonomy what is taxonomy  taxonomy is used to classify website content one common example of taxonomy is the tags used to classify or categorize posts in a blog website a cooking website could use an ingredients taxonomy to classify recipes individual taxonomy items are known as terms  the blog tags or recipe ingredients in these examples and a set of terms is known as a vocabulary  the set of all blog post tags or the set of all recipe ingredients in these examples technically taxonomy terms are an entity type and the entity subtypes are the vocabularies see managing content structure for more on content entities like other entities taxonomy terms can have fields attached for instance you could set up an image field to contain an icon for each term an individual vocabulary can organize its terms in a hierarchy or it could be flat for example blog tags normally have a flat structure while a recipe ingredients vocabulary could be hierarchical for example tomatoes could be a subterm of vegetables and under tomatoes you could have green and red tomatoes taxonomy terms are normally attached as reference fields to other content entities which is how you can use them to classify content when you set up a taxonomy reference field you can let users enter terms in two ways free tagging new terms can be created right on the content editing form fixed list of terms the list of terms is curated and managed outside the content editing form and users can only select from the existing list when editing content taxonomy reference fields can be added to any entity such as user accounts content blocks or regular content items if you use them to classify regular content items your site will automatically be set up with taxonomy listing pages for each term each of these pages lists all of the content items that are classified with that term overview of managing taxonomy the core taxonomy module allows you to create and edit taxonomy vocabularies and taxonomy terms the core field ui module provides a user interface for adding fields to entities including the taxonomy reference field and configuring field editing and display see the related topics listed below for specific tasks additional resources concept taxonomy drupal user guide  ', 1787923659),
(81, 'en', 'help_search', ' taking tours of administrative pages goal take a tour of an administrative page what are tours  the core tour module provides users with tours  which are guided tours of the administrative interface each tour starts on a particular administrative page and consists of one or more tips that highlight elements of the page guide you through a workflow or explain key concepts users need access tour permission to view tours and javascript must be enabled in their browsers steps make sure that the core tour module is installed and that you have a role with the access tour permission also make sure that a toolbar module is installed either the core toolbar module or a contributed module replacement visit an administrative page that has a tour such as the edit view page provided by the core views ui module click the tour button at the right end of the toolbar left end for righttoleft languages the first tip of the tour should appear click the next button to advance to the next tip and end tour at the end to close the tour  ', 1787923659),
(81, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations for passing interview kaung myat soe  congratulations for passing interview kaung myat soe admin tue 6252024 1624 tue 6042024 900 congratulations  congratulations kaung myat soe for passing the interview for tokutei gaishoku restaurant with excellent points  ', 0),
(81, 'ja', 'help_search', ' taking tours of administrative pages goal take a tour of an administrative page what are tours  the core tour module provides users with tours  which are guided tours of the administrative interface each tour starts on a particular administrative page and consists of one or more tips that highlight elements of the page guide you through a workflow or explain key concepts users need access tour permission to view tours and javascript must be enabled in their browsers steps make sure that the core tour module is installed and that you have a role with the access tour permission also make sure that a toolbar module is installed either the core toolbar module or a contributed module replacement visit an administrative page that has a tour such as the edit view page provided by the core views ui module click the tour button at the right end of the toolbar left end for righttoleft languages the first tip of the tour should appear click the next button to advance to the next tip and end tour at the end to close the tour  ', 1787923659),
(81, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations for passing interview kaung myat soe  congratulations for passing interview kaung myat soe admin tue 6252024 1629 tue 6042024 900  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  kaung myat soe さん 特選外 選外食 レスト ストラ トラン の面接 面接に 接に優 に優秀 優秀な 秀な成 な成績 成績で 績で合 で合格 合格し 格しま しまし ました おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  ', 0),
(81, 'ko', 'help_search', ' taking tours of administrative pages goal take a tour of an administrative page what are tours  the core tour module provides users with tours  which are guided tours of the administrative interface each tour starts on a particular administrative page and consists of one or more tips that highlight elements of the page guide you through a workflow or explain key concepts users need access tour permission to view tours and javascript must be enabled in their browsers steps make sure that the core tour module is installed and that you have a role with the access tour permission also make sure that a toolbar module is installed either the core toolbar module or a contributed module replacement visit an administrative page that has a tour such as the edit view page provided by the core views ui module click the tour button at the right end of the toolbar left end for righttoleft languages the first tip of the tour should appear click the next button to advance to the next tip and end tour at the end to close the tour  ', 1787923659),
(82, 'en', 'help_search', ' creating a user account goal create a new user account steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to people  click add user  enter the email address   username  and password  twice for the new user verify that the roles checked for the new user are correct if you want the new user to receive an email message notifying them of the new account check notify user of new account  optionally change other settings on the form click create new account  you will be left on the add user page repeat these steps if you have more user accounts to create  ', 1787923659),
(82, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations to myo khant  congratulations to myo khant admin tue 6252024 1423 mon 5202024 900 congratulations  congratulations to myo khant in passing the interview for tokutei gaishoku restaurant  ', 0),
(82, 'ja', 'help_search', ' creating a user account goal create a new user account steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to people  click add user  enter the email address   username  and password  twice for the new user verify that the roles checked for the new user are correct if you want the new user to receive an email message notifying them of the new account check notify user of new account  optionally change other settings on the form click create new account  you will be left on the add user page repeat these steps if you have more user accounts to create  ', 1787923659),
(82, 'ja', 'node_search', ' myo khant おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  myo khant おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います admin tue 6252024 1702 mon 5202024 900  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います   特定外 定外食 レスト ストラ トラン の面接 面接に 接に合 に合格 合格し 格した myo khant さん おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  ', 0),
(82, 'ko', 'help_search', ' creating a user account goal create a new user account steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to people  click add user  enter the email address   username  and password  twice for the new user verify that the roles checked for the new user are correct if you want the new user to receive an email message notifying them of the new account check notify user of new account  optionally change other settings on the form click create new account  you will be left on the add user page repeat these steps if you have more user accounts to create  ', 1787923659),
(83, 'en', 'help_search', ' adding a new role goal create a new role steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to people   roles  click add role  enter the desired role name  if desired click edit to change the machine name for the role click save  you should be returned to the roles page and your new role should be in the role list  ', 1787923659),
(83, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulation for getting coe congratulation for getting coe admin tue 6252024 1659 wed 11062024 908 congratulations  congratulations for getting coe for khu richard li soung oo coe for khu richard and li soung oo  ', 0),
(83, 'ja', 'help_search', ' adding a new role goal create a new role steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to people   roles  click add role  enter the desired role name  if desired click edit to change the machine name for the role click save  you should be returned to the roles page and your new role should be in the role list  ', 1787923659),
(83, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulation for getting coe congratulation for getting coe admin tue 6252024 1708 wed 11062024 908   おめで めでと でとう   khu richard さんと li soung oo さんの coe 取得お 得おめ おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います coe for khu richard and li soung oo  ', 0),
(83, 'ko', 'help_search', ' adding a new role goal create a new role steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to people   roles  click add role  enter the desired role name  if desired click edit to change the machine name for the role click save  you should be returned to the roles page and your new role should be in the role list  ', 1787923659),
(84, 'en', 'help_search', ' managing user accounts and site visitors what is a user  a user is anyone accessing or viewing your site anonymous users are users who are not logged in and authenticated users are users who are logged in what is a role  roles are used to group and classify users each user can be assigned one or more roles there are also special roles for all anonymous and all authenticated users what is a permission  granting a permission to a role allows users who have been assigned that role to perform an action on the site such as viewing content editing or creating a particular type of content administering settings for a particular module or using a particular function of the site such as search  overview of managing user accounts and visitors the core user module allows users to register log in and log out and administrators to manage user roles and permissions the core ban module allows administrators to ban certain ip addresses from accessing the site depending on which modules you have installed on your site the related topics below will help you with tasks related to managing user accounts and visitors  ', 1787923659),
(84, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations to ye mong aung  congratulations to ye mong aung admin tue 6252024 1705 wed 5292024 2100 congratulations  congratulations to ye mong aung in passing the interview for tokutei gaishoku restaurant  ', 0),
(84, 'ja', 'help_search', ' managing user accounts and site visitors what is a user  a user is anyone accessing or viewing your site anonymous users are users who are not logged in and authenticated users are users who are logged in what is a role  roles are used to group and classify users each user can be assigned one or more roles there are also special roles for all anonymous and all authenticated users what is a permission  granting a permission to a role allows users who have been assigned that role to perform an action on the site such as viewing content editing or creating a particular type of content administering settings for a particular module or using a particular function of the site such as search  overview of managing user accounts and visitors the core user module allows users to register log in and log out and administrators to manage user roles and permissions the core ban module allows administrators to ban certain ip addresses from accessing the site depending on which modules you have installed on your site the related topics below will help you with tasks related to managing user accounts and visitors  ', 1787923659),
(84, 'ja', 'node_search', ' ye mong aung おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  ye mong aung おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います admin tue 6252024 1713 wed 5292024 2100  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います   特定外 定外食 レスト ストラ トラン の面接 面接に 接に合 に合格 合格し 格した ye mong aung さん おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  ', 0),
(84, 'ko', 'help_search', ' managing user accounts and site visitors what is a user  a user is anyone accessing or viewing your site anonymous users are users who are not logged in and authenticated users are users who are logged in what is a role  roles are used to group and classify users each user can be assigned one or more roles there are also special roles for all anonymous and all authenticated users what is a permission  granting a permission to a role allows users who have been assigned that role to perform an action on the site such as viewing content editing or creating a particular type of content administering settings for a particular module or using a particular function of the site such as search  overview of managing user accounts and visitors the core user module allows users to register log in and log out and administrators to manage user roles and permissions the core ban module allows administrators to ban certain ip addresses from accessing the site depending on which modules you have installed on your site the related topics below will help you with tasks related to managing user accounts and visitors  ', 1787923659),
(85, 'en', 'help_search', ' modifying the permissions for a role goal modify the permissions for an existing role steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to people   permissions  review the permissions for the role paying particular attention to the permissions marked with warning give to trusted roles only this permission has security implications uncheck permissions that this role should not have in the row of the permission and the column of the role check permissions that this role should have click save permissions   ', 1787923659),
(85, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations to paing myo zaw congratulations to paing myo zaw admin tue 6252024 1631 tue 6042024 900 congratulations  congratulations paing myo zaw for passing the interview tokutei gaishoku restaurant    ', 0),
(85, 'ja', 'help_search', ' modifying the permissions for a role goal modify the permissions for an existing role steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to people   permissions  review the permissions for the role paying particular attention to the permissions marked with warning give to trusted roles only this permission has security implications uncheck permissions that this role should not have in the row of the permission and the column of the role check permissions that this role should have click save permissions   ', 1787923659),
(85, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations to paing myo zaw congratulations to paing myo zaw admin tue 6252024 1712 tue 6042024 900  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  paing myo zaw さん 特定外 定外食 外食面 食面接 面接合 接合格 合格お 格おめ おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います    ', 0),
(85, 'ko', 'help_search', ' modifying the permissions for a role goal modify the permissions for an existing role steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to people   permissions  review the permissions for the role paying particular attention to the permissions marked with warning give to trusted roles only this permission has security implications uncheck permissions that this role should not have in the row of the permission and the column of the role check permissions that this role should have click save permissions   ', 1787923659),
(86, 'en', 'help_search', ' configuring how user accounts are created and deleted goal configure settings related to how user accounts are created and deleted what are the settings related to user account creation and deletion  you can make it possible for new users to register themselves for accounts with or without email verification or administrative approval or you can make it so only administrators with administer users permission can register new users you can configure what happens to content that a user created if their account is canceled  deleted you can edit the email messages that are sent to users when their accounts are pending approved created blocked or canceled or when they request a password reset what are variables in email message text  variables are short text strings enclosed in square brackets that you can insert into configured email message text when an individual message is generated data from your site is substituted for the variables some commonlyused variables are site name the name of your website site url the url of your website site loginurl the url where users can log in to your site user displayname the user s displayed name user accountname the user s account name user mail the user s email alias user onetimeloginurl an expiring url that a user can use to log in once if they need to reset their password steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   people   account settings  select the method you want to use for creating user accounts and check or uncheck the box that requires email verification to match the settings you want for your site select the desired option for what happens to content that a user created if their account is canceled optionally edit the text of email messages related to user accounts verify that the other settings are correct click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved  ', 1787923659),
(86, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations for getting coe congratulations for getting coe admin tue 6252024 1714 thu 6062024 923 congratulations  congratulations la pyae aung for getting coe getting coe for la pyae aung  ', 0),
(86, 'ja', 'help_search', ' configuring how user accounts are created and deleted goal configure settings related to how user accounts are created and deleted what are the settings related to user account creation and deletion  you can make it possible for new users to register themselves for accounts with or without email verification or administrative approval or you can make it so only administrators with administer users permission can register new users you can configure what happens to content that a user created if their account is canceled  deleted you can edit the email messages that are sent to users when their accounts are pending approved created blocked or canceled or when they request a password reset what are variables in email message text  variables are short text strings enclosed in square brackets that you can insert into configured email message text when an individual message is generated data from your site is substituted for the variables some commonlyused variables are site name the name of your website site url the url of your website site loginurl the url where users can log in to your site user displayname the user s displayed name user accountname the user s account name user mail the user s email alias user onetimeloginurl an expiring url that a user can use to log in once if they need to reset their password steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   people   account settings  select the method you want to use for creating user accounts and check or uncheck the box that requires email verification to match the settings you want for your site select the desired option for what happens to content that a user created if their account is canceled optionally edit the text of email messages related to user accounts verify that the other settings are correct click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved  ', 1787923659),
(86, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations for getting coe congratulations for getting coe admin tue 6252024 1721 thu 6062024 923 おめで めでと でとう la pyae aung さん coe 取得お 得おめ おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います getting coe for la pyae aung  ', 0),
(86, 'ko', 'help_search', ' configuring how user accounts are created and deleted goal configure settings related to how user accounts are created and deleted what are the settings related to user account creation and deletion  you can make it possible for new users to register themselves for accounts with or without email verification or administrative approval or you can make it so only administrators with administer users permission can register new users you can configure what happens to content that a user created if their account is canceled  deleted you can edit the email messages that are sent to users when their accounts are pending approved created blocked or canceled or when they request a password reset what are variables in email message text  variables are short text strings enclosed in square brackets that you can insert into configured email message text when an individual message is generated data from your site is substituted for the variables some commonlyused variables are site name the name of your website site url the url of your website site loginurl the url where users can log in to your site user displayname the user s displayed name user accountname the user s account name user mail the user s email alias user onetimeloginurl an expiring url that a user can use to log in once if they need to reset their password steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to configuration   people   account settings  select the method you want to use for creating user accounts and check or uncheck the box that requires email verification to match the settings you want for your site select the desired option for what happens to content that a user created if their account is canceled optionally edit the text of email messages related to user accounts verify that the other settings are correct click save configuration  you should see a message indicating that the settings were saved  ', 1787923659),
(87, 'en', 'help_search', ' modifying or deleting a user account goal update or delete an existing user account steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to people  enter all or part of the user name or email address of the user account you want to update or delete and click filter  a short list of user accounts including the account of interest should be shown in the table if not modify the filter text until you can find the account of interest click edit in the operations area of the account of interest to delete the user account scroll to the bottom and click cancel account  select what you want to happen to the user s content on the next screen and click cancel account  to update the user account enter new values in the form and click save   ', 1787923659),
(87, 'en', 'node_search', ' things to beware while working in japan things to beware while working in japan admin tue 6252024 1729 thu 5302024 900 things to remember when you come to japan to work strictly respect working hours maintain morals in work no matter what kind of work you choose try to work hard learn to understand japanese work culture respect seniors at work listen carefully to the adults at work and work carefully and neatly at the workplace dress neatly and behave smartly continuously learn and improve japanese language speaking japanese get into the habit of going to bed early get enough sleep and get ready for work in the morning reduce using facebook at night completely get rid of the careless ideas of that s enough and replace them with clear and precise ideas of i will do my best carefully and thoroughly treat any business as if it were your own work and work hard to work hard for myanmar learn the dignity of good manners and make good sons and daughters who are proud of their parents let them show things to beware while in japan  ', 0),
(87, 'ja', 'help_search', ' modifying or deleting a user account goal update or delete an existing user account steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to people  enter all or part of the user name or email address of the user account you want to update or delete and click filter  a short list of user accounts including the account of interest should be shown in the table if not modify the filter text until you can find the account of interest click edit in the operations area of the account of interest to delete the user account scroll to the bottom and click cancel account  select what you want to happen to the user s content on the next screen and click cancel account  to update the user account enter new values in the form and click save   ', 1787923659),
(87, 'ja', 'node_search', ' things to beware while working in japan things to beware while working in japan admin tue 6252024 1718 thu 5302024 900  日本に 本に仕 に仕事 仕事で 事で来 で来る 来ると るとき ときに きに覚 に覚え 覚えて えてお ておく おくべ くべき べきこ きこと   労働時 働時間 時間を 間を厳 を厳守 厳守し 守して してく てくだ くださ ださい 仕事に 事にお におい おいて いて道 て道徳 道徳心 徳心を 心を持 を持ち どんな んな仕 な仕事 仕事を 事を選 を選ぶ 選ぶに ぶにし にして しても ても一 も一生 一生懸 生懸命 懸命働 命働く 働くよ くよう ように うに努 に努め 努めて めてく てくだ くださ ださい 日本の 本の仕 の仕事 仕事や 事や文 や文化 文化を 化を理 を理解 理解す 解する 職場で 場では では先 は先輩 先輩を 輩を尊 を尊敬 尊敬し 敬しま しまし ましょ しょう 職場の 場の大 の大人 大人の 人の言 の言う 言うこ うこと ことを とをよ をよく よく聞 く聞い 聞いて 丁寧に 寧にき にきれ きれい れいに いに仕 に仕事 仕事を 事をし をしま しまし ましょ しょう 職場で 場では ではき はきち きちん ちんと んとし とした した服 た服装 服装を 装をし スマー マート ートな トな振 な振る 振る舞 る舞い 舞いを いをし をしま しまし ましょ しょう 継続的 続的に 的に日 に日本 日本語 本語を 語を学 を学び 日本語 本語の 語の会 の会話 会話力 話力を 力を向 を向上 向上さ 上させ させま せます 早めに めに寝 に寝る 寝る習 る習慣 習慣を 慣をつ をつけ 十分な 分な睡 な睡眠 睡眠を 眠をと をとり 朝の仕 の仕事 仕事に 事に備 に備え 備えま えまし ましょ しょう 夜間の facebook の使用 使用を 用を完 を完全 完全に 全に減 に減ら 減らし らしま しまし ましょ しょう もう十 う十分 十分だ という 不注意 注意な 考えを えを捨 を捨て 慎重に 重に徹 に徹底 徹底的 底的に 的に最 に最善 最善を 善を尽 を尽く 尽くす という いう明 う明確 明確で 確で正 で正確 正確な 確な考 な考え 考えに えに置 に置き 置き換 き換え 換えて えてく てくだ くださ ださい いかな かなる なるビ るビジ ビジネ ジネス ネスも スも自 も自分 自分の 分の仕 の仕事 仕事で 事であ である あるか るかの かのよ のよう ように うに扱 に扱い 一生懸 生懸命 懸命働 命働き 働きま きまし ましょ しょう ミャン ャンマ ンマー マーの ーのた のため ために めに一 に一生 一生懸 生懸命 懸命働 命働き 礼儀正 儀正し 正しさ しさの さの尊 の尊厳 尊厳を 厳を学 を学び 親を誇 を誇り 誇りに りに思 に思う 思うよ うよう ような うな良 な良い 良い息 い息子 娘を育 を育て 育てま てまし ましょ しょう それを れを示 を示し 示しま しまし ましょ しょう things to beware while in japan  ', 0),
(87, 'ko', 'help_search', ' modifying or deleting a user account goal update or delete an existing user account steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to people  enter all or part of the user name or email address of the user account you want to update or delete and click filter  a short list of user accounts including the account of interest should be shown in the table if not modify the filter text until you can find the account of interest click edit in the operations area of the account of interest to delete the user account scroll to the bottom and click cancel account  select what you want to happen to the user s content on the next screen and click cancel account  to update the user account enter new values in the form and click save   ', 1787923659),
(88, 'en', 'help_search', ' adding a new display to an existing view goal add a new display to an existing view this will allow you to display similar data to an existing view using similar settings in a new block page feed etc steps if you are not already editing your view in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   views  find the view you want to edit and click its edit link under displays  click add  in the popup list click the link for the type of display you want to add the most common types are page and block  the new display will be added to your view and you will be editing that display optionally click the link next to display name and enter a new name to be shown for this display in the administrative interface follow the steps in editing an existing view display to edit the other settings for the display  ', 1787923659),
(88, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulation for getting coe congratulation for getting coe admin tue 6252024 1726 fri 5242024 930 congratulations  congratulations nilar aung tin zar win myint for getting coe congratulations nilar aung and tin zar win myint for getting coe  ', 0),
(88, 'ja', 'help_search', ' adding a new display to an existing view goal add a new display to an existing view this will allow you to display similar data to an existing view using similar settings in a new block page feed etc steps if you are not already editing your view in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure    ビュー   find the view you want to edit and click its edit link under displays  click add  in the popup list click the link for the type of display you want to add the most common types are page and block  the new display will be added to your view and you will be editing that display optionally click the link next to display name and enter a new name to be shown for this display in the administrative interface follow the steps in editing an existing view display to edit the other settings for the display  ', 1787923659),
(88, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulation for getting coe congratulation for getting coe admin tue 6252024 1729 fri 5242024 930 おめで めでと でとう nilar aung さんと tin zar さん coe 取得お 得おめ おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います congratulations nilar aung and tin zar win myint for getting coe  ', 0),
(88, 'ko', 'help_search', ' adding a new display to an existing view goal add a new display to an existing view this will allow you to display similar data to an existing view using similar settings in a new block page feed etc steps if you are not already editing your view in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure    뷰   find the view you want to edit and click its edit link under displays  click add  in the popup list click the link for the type of display you want to add the most common types are page and block  the new display will be added to your view and you will be editing that display optionally click the link next to display name and enter a new name to be shown for this display in the administrative interface follow the steps in editing an existing view display to edit the other settings for the display  ', 1787923659),
(89, 'en', 'help_search', ' adding a bulk operations form to a view goal add one or more existing actions as bulk operations to an existing tablestyle view if you have the core actions ui module installed see the related topic configuring actions for more information about actions who can edit views  the core views ui module will need to be installed and you will need administer views permission in order to edit a view steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   views  a list of all views is shown find the view that you would like to edit and click edit from the dropdown button note that bulk operations work best in a view with a page display and a table format if there is not already an operations bulk form in the fields list for the view click add in the fields section to add it the exact name of the bulk form field will vary and may contain keywords like bulk update form element or operations not to be confused with operations links  which are applied to each item in a row if the bulk operations field already exists click the field name to edit its settings check the action s you want to make available in the selected actions list and click apply all displays   verify that the access settings for the view are at least as restrictive as the permissions necessary to perform the bulk operations people with permission to see the view but who don t have permission to do the bulk operations will experience problems click save  the action s will be available as bulk operations in the view  ', 1787923659),
(89, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations for getting coe congratulations for getting coe admin tue 6252024 1730 thu 5232024 937 congratulations  congratulations thandar moe pyae sone aung for getting coe congratulations thandar moe and pyae sone aung for getting coe  ', 0),
(89, 'ja', 'help_search', ' adding a bulk operations form to a view goal add one or more existing actions as bulk operations to an existing tablestyle view if you have the core actions ui module installed see the related topic configuring actions for more information about actions who can edit views  the core views ui module will need to be installed and you will need administer views permission in order to edit a view steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure    ビュー   a list of all views is shown find the view that you would like to edit and click edit from the dropdown button note that bulk operations work best in a view with a page display and a table format if there is not already an operations bulk form in the fields list for the view click add in the fields section to add it the exact name of the bulk form field will vary and may contain keywords like bulk update form element or operations not to be confused with operations links  which are applied to each item in a row if the bulk operations field already exists click the field name to edit its settings check the action s you want to make available in the selected actions list and click apply all displays   verify that the access settings for the view are at least as restrictive as the permissions necessary to perform the bulk operations people with permission to see the view but who don t have permission to do the bulk operations will experience problems click save  the action s will be available as bulk operations in the view  ', 1787923659),
(89, 'ja', 'node_search', ' congratulations for getting coe congratulations for getting coe admin tue 6252024 1734 thu 5232024 937  おめで めでと でとう  thandar moe さんと pyae sone aung さん coe 取得お 得おめ おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います congratulations thandar moe and pyae sone aung for getting coe  ', 0),
(89, 'ko', 'help_search', ' adding a bulk operations form to a view goal add one or more existing actions as bulk operations to an existing tablestyle view if you have the core actions ui module installed see the related topic configuring actions for more information about actions who can edit views  the core views ui module will need to be installed and you will need administer views permission in order to edit a view steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure    뷰   a list of all views is shown find the view that you would like to edit and click edit from the dropdown button note that bulk operations work best in a view with a page display and a table format if there is not already an operations bulk form in the fields list for the view click add in the fields section to add it the exact name of the bulk form field will vary and may contain keywords like bulk update form element or operations not to be confused with operations links  which are applied to each item in a row if the bulk operations field already exists click the field name to edit its settings check the action s you want to make available in the selected actions list and click apply all displays   verify that the access settings for the view are at least as restrictive as the permissions necessary to perform the bulk operations people with permission to see the view but who don t have permission to do the bulk operations will experience problems click save  the action s will be available as bulk operations in the view  ', 1787923659),
(90, 'en', 'help_search', ' creating a new view goal create a new view to list content or other items on your site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure   views  click add view  in the view name field enter a name for the view which is how it will be listed in the administrative interface in view settings   show  select the base data type to display in your view this cannot be changed later optionally select or enter filtering sorting and page block display settings these can be added or changed later click save and edit  your view will be created edit it following the steps in the related topics below  ', 1787923659),
(90, 'en', 'node_search', ' congratulations to chaw chit kyaw  congratulations to chaw chit kyaw admin tue 6252024 1718 mon 6242024 2100 congratulations  congratulations to chaw kyit kyaw in passing the interview for tokutei gaishoku restaurant  ', 0),
(90, 'ja', 'help_search', ' creating a new view goal create a new view to list content or other items on your site steps in the manage administrative menu navigate to structure    ビュー   click add view  in the view name field enter a name for the view which is how it will be listed in the administrative interface in view settings   show  select the base data type to display in your view this cannot be changed later optionally select or enter filtering sorting and page block display settings these can be added or changed later click save and edit  your view will be created edit it following the steps in the related topics below  ', 1787923659),
(90, 'ja', 'node_search', ' chaw chit kyaw おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  chaw chit kyaw おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います admin tue 6252024 1737 mon 6242024 2100  おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います   特定外 定外食 レスト ストラ トラン の面接 面接に 接に合 に合格 合格し 格した chaw kyit kyaw さん おめで めでと でとう とうご うござ ござい ざいま います  ', 0);
